REGISTERED No. D- 28
The Gazette of India
EXTRAORDINARY
PUBLISHED BY AUTHORITY
NEW DELHI, SATURDAY, NOVEMBER 26, 1949
GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
CONSTITUENT ASSEMBLY OF INDIA
NOTIFICATION
New Delhi, the 26th November, 1949
No. CA/83/Cons./49.—The Constitution of India as passed by the Constituent Assembly has been authenticated by the President of the Assembly by affixing his signature thereto this twenty-sixth day of November, 1949, and is hereby published for general information : —
THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA
Preamble.
WE, THE PEOPLE OF INDIA, having solemnly resolved to constitute India into a SOVEREIGN DEMOCRATIC REPUBLIC and to secure to all its citizens:
JUSTICE, social, economic and political;
LIBERTY of thought, expression, belief, faith
and worship;
EQUALITY of status and of opportunity;
and to promote among them all
FRATERNITY assuring the dignity of the indivi-
dual and the unity of the Nation;
IN OUR CONSTITUENT ASSEMBLY this twenty-sixth day of November, 1949, do HEREBY ADOPT, ENACT AND GIVE TO OURSELVES THIS CONSTITUTION.
[ 2347 ]
8848 THE GAZETTg OF INDIA EXTBAOBbltiAfit, NP A RT I
THE UNION AND ITS TERRITORY
1. (i) India, that is Bharat, shall be a Union of States.
Name and territory ol the Union.
(2) The States and the territories thereof shall be the States and their territories specified in Parts A, B and C of the First Schedule.
(3) The territory of India shall comprise—
(a) the territories of the States;
(b) the territories specified in Part D of the First
Schedule; and
(c) such other territories as may be acquired.
Admission or estab- lishment of new States.
2. Parliament may by law admit into the Union, or establish, new States on such terms and conditions as it thinks fit.
3. Parliament may by law—
(a) form a new State by separation of territory from any State or by uniting two or more States or parts of States or by uniting any territory to a part of any State;
Formation of new States and alteration of areas, boundaries or names of existing States.
(6) increase the area of any State;
(c) diminish the area of any State;
(d) alter the boundaries of any State;
(e) alter the name of any State:
Provided that no Bill for the purpose shall be intro- duced in either House of Parliament except on the recommendation of the President and unless, where the proposal contained in the Bill affects the boun- daries of any State or States specified in Part A or Part B of the First Schedule or the name or names of any such State or States, the views of the Legislature of the State or, as the case may be, of each of the States both with respect to the proposal to introduce the Bill and with respect to the provisions thereof have been ascertained by the President.
TfiE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTKAOKDINAEY, NOV. 20, 1949 2£49 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 3Part I.—The Union and its Territory.—Art. 4.
4. (1) Any law referred to in article 2 or article 3 shall contain such provisions for the amendment of the First Schedule and the Fourth Schedule as may be necessary to give effect to the provisions of the law and may also contain such supplemental, inci- dental and consequential provisions (including provi- sions as to representation in Parliament and in the legislature or Legislatures of the State or States affected by such law) as Parliament may deem neces- sary.
Laws made under arti- cles 2 and 3 to provide for the amendment of the Fir"t and the F o u r th Schedules and supple- mental, in- cidental and conse- quential matters.
(2) No such law as aforesaid shall be deemed to be an amendment of this Constitution for the purposes of article 368.
8850 T^E GAZETTE OF INDIA -EXTRAORDINARY, NOV. 26, JQ49PART II
CITIZENSHIP
5. At the commencement of this Constitution every person who has his domicile in the territory a India and—
Citizenship at the commence- ment of the Cons- titution.
(a) who was born in the territory of India; or
(&) either of whose parents was born in th
territory of India; or
(c) who has been ordinarily resident in the tern tory of India for not less than five yean immediately preceding such commence ment,
shall be a citizen of India.
6. Notwithstanding anything in article 5, a persoi who has migrated to the territory of India from tv territory now included in Pakistan shall be deemed be a citizen of India at the commencement of thi Constitution if—
Rights of citizenship of certain p e r s o ns who have migrated to Incua from Pakistan.
T$tb GAZETTE THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 5
Part II.—Citizenship.—Arts. 6-9.Provided that no person shall be so registered unless he has been resident in the territory of India for at least six months immediately preceding the date of his appli- cation.
Rights of citizenship of certain migrants to Pakistan.
7. Notwithstanding anything in articles 5 and 6, a person who has after the first day of March, 1947, ^migrated from the territory of India to the territory now included in Pakistan shall not be deemed to be -a citizen of India:
Provided that nothing in this article shall apply to a person who, after having so migrated to the terri- tory now included in Pakistan, has returned to the territory of India under a permit for resettlement or permanent return issued by or under the authority of any law and every such person shall for the purposes i-of clause (b) of article 6 be deemed to have migrated to the territory of India after the nineteenth day of July, 1948.
Rights of citizenship of certain persons of I n d i an o r i g in residing o u t s i de India.
8. Notwithstanding anything in article 5, any person who or either of whose parents or any of whose grand-parents was born in India as defined in the •Government of India Act, 1935 (as originally enact- ed), and who is ordinarily residing in any country outside India as so denned shall be deemed to be a citizen of India if he has been registered as a citizen 1 of India by the diplomatic or consular representative of India in the country where he is for the time being residing on an application made by him therefor to such diplomatic or consular representative, whether before or after the commencement of this Constitution, in the form and manner prescribed by the Government of the Dominion of India or the Government of India.
Persons voluntarily acquiring citizenship of a foreign State not to be citi- zens.
9. No person shall be a citizen of India by virtue •of article 5, or be deemed to be a citizen of India by •virtue of article 6 or article 8, if he has voluntarily •acquired the citizenship of any foreign State.
2852 XHE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTEAORDINAEY, NOV. 26, 1 $9 6 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart II.—Citizenship.—Arts, I O - I I.
Continu- ance of the rights of citizenship.
10. Every person who is or is deemed to be a citizen of India under any of the foregoing provisions of this Part shall, subject to the provisions of any law that may be made by Parliament continue to be such* citizen.
Parliament to regulate the right of citizenship by law.
11. Nothing in the foregoing provisions of this Part shall derogate from the power of Parliament to make any provision with respect to the acquisition' and termination of citizenship and all other matters'* relating to citizenship.
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY, NOV. 26, 1G4Q 28S8 ,PART III
FUNDAMENTAL RIGHTS
General
Definition.
12. In this Part, unless the context otherwise requires, "the State" includes the Government and Parliament of India and the Government and the Legislature of each of the States and all local or other authorities within the territory of India or under the control of the Government of India.
Laws in- consistent with or in derogation of the fundamen- tal rights.
13. (i) All laws in force in the territory of India immediately before the commencement of uiis Consti- tution, in so far as they are inconsistent with the pro- visions of this Part, shall, to the extent of such incon- sistency, be void.
(2) The State shall not make any law which takes away or abridges the rights conferred by this Part and any law made in contravention of this clause shall, to the extent of the contravention, be void.
(3) In this article, unless the context otherwise
requires,—
(a) "law" includes any Ordinance, order, bye- law, rule, regulation, notification, custom or usage having in the territory of India the force of law;
(b) "laws in force" includes laws passed or made by a Legislature or other competent authority in the territory of India before the commencement of this Constitution and not previously repealed, notwithstand- ing that any such law or any part thereof may not be then in operation either at all or in particular areas.
Right to Equality
Equality before law.
14. The State shall not deny to any person equality before the law or the equal protection of the laws within the territory of India.
2864 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTEAORDINABY, NOV; 28, 1949' 8 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart III.—Fundamental Rights.—Arts. 15-16.
13. (1) The State shall not discriminate against any citizen on grounds only of religion, race, caste, sex, place of birth or any of them.
Prohibition of discrimi- nation on grounds of religion, race, caste, •ex or place of birth.
(2) No citizen shall, on grounds only of religion, race, caste, sex, place of birth or any of them, be subject to any disability, liability, restriction or condi- tion with regard to—
(a) access to shops, public restaurants, hotels and
places of public entertainment; or
(&) the use of wells, tanks, bathing ghats, roads and places of public resort maintained wholly or partly out of State funds or dedicated to the use of the general public,
(3) Nothing in this article shall prevent the State from making any special provision for women and children.
16. (1) There shall be equality of opportunity for all citizens in matters relating to employment or appointment to any office under the State.
Equality of opportunity In matters of public employ- ment.
(2) No citizen shall, on grounds only of religion, race, caste, sex, descent, place of birth, residence or any of them, be ineligible for, or discriminated against in respect of, any employment or office under the State.
(3) Nothing in this article shall prevent Parlia- ment from making any law prescribing, in regard to a class or classes of employment or appointment to an office under any State specified in the First Schedule or any local or other authority within its territory, any requirement as to residence within that State prior to such employment or appointment.
(4) Nothing in this article shall prevent the State from making any provision for the reservation of appointments or posts in favour of any backward class of citizens which, in the opinion of the State, is not adequately represented in the services under the State.
(5) Nothing in this article shall affect the opera- tion of any law which provides that the incumbent
* HE GAZETTE OF ittblA. EXTRAOBDINABfr', KOV^ 36, l&Wt 28 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 9
Par/ ///.—Fundamental Rights.—Arts. 16-19.
of an office in connection with the affairs of any reli- gious or denominational institution or any member of the governing body thereof shall be a person profess- ing a particular religion or belonging to a particular denomination.
Aboli- tion of Untouch- abUlty.
17. 'TJntouchability" is abolished and its practice in any form is forbidden. The enforcement of any disability arising out of "Untouchability" shall be an offence punishable in accordance with law.
18. (1) No title, not being a military or academic Abolition of title*.
distinction, shall be conferred by the State.
(2) No citizen of India shall accept any title
from any foreign State.
(3) No person who is not a citizen of India shall, while he holds any office of profit or trust under the State, accept without the consent of the President any title from any foreign State.
(4) No person holding any office of profit or trust under the State shall, without the consent of the President, accept any present, emolument, or office of any kind from or under any foreign State.
Right to Freedom
19. (1) All citizens shall have the right—
(a) to freedom of speech and expression;
Protection of certain rights re- garding freedom of speech, etc. (6) to assemble peaceably and without arms;
(c) to form associations or unions;
(d) to move freely throughout the territory of
India;
(e) to reside and settle in any part of the terri-
tory of India;
(/) to acquire, hold and dispose of property;
and
(g) to practise any profession, or to carry on any occupation, trade or business.
2866 TRE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTEAOKDINABY, KOV\ 28, 19<$> 10 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart III.—Fundamental Rights.—Art. 19.
(2) Nothing in sub-clause (a) of clause (1) shall affect the operation of any existing law in so far as it relates to, or prevent the State from making any law relating to, libel, slander, defamation, con- tempt of court or any matter which offends against decency or morality or which undermines the secu- rity of, or tends to overthrow, the State.
(3) Nothing in sub-clause (b) of the said clause shall affect the operation of any existing law in so far as it imposes, or prevent the State from making any law imposing, in the interests of public order, reasonable restrictions on the exercise of the right conferred by the said sub-clause.
(4) Nothing in sub-clause (c) of the said clause shall affect the operation of any existing law in so far as it imposes, or prevent the State from making any law imposing, in the interests of public order or mora- lity, reasonable restrictions on the exercise of the right conferred by the said sub-clause.
(5) Nothing in sub-clauses (d), (e) and (/) of the said clause shall affect the operation of any existing law in so far as it imposes, or prevent the State from making any law imposing, reasonable restrictions on the exercise of any of the rights conferred by the said sub-clauses either in the interests of the general pub- lic or for the protection of the interests of any Scheduled Tribe.
(6) Nothing in sub-clause (g) of the said clause shall affect the operation of any existing law in so far as it imposes, or prevent the State from making any law imposing, in the interests of the general public, reasonable restrictions on the exercise of the right conferred by the said sub-clause, and, in particular, • nothing in the said sub-clause shall affect the opera- tion of any existing law in so far as it prescribes or empowers any authority to prescribe, or prevent the State from making any law prescribing or empower- ing any authority to prescribe, the professional or technical qualifications necessary for practising any profession or carrying on any occupation, trade or business.
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA BXTEAOEDINABY, NOV^ 26, 1949 2887^ THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 11Part III.—Fundamental Rights.—Arts. 20-22.
Protection, In respect of Convic- tion for offences.
20. (i) No person shall be convicted of any offence except for violation of a law in force at the time of the commission of the act charged as an offence, nor be subjected to a penalty greater than that which might have been inflicted under the law in force at the time of the commission of the offence.
(2) No person shall be prosecuted and punished
for the same offence more than once.
(3) No person accused of any offence shall be
compelled to be a witness against himself.
Protection of life and personal liberty.
21. No person shall be deprived of his life or per- sonal liberty except according to procedure established by law.
Protection against arrest aads detention in certain, cases.
22. (1) No person who is arrested shall be detained in custody without being informed, as soon as may be, of the grounds for such arrest nor shall he be denied the right to consult, and to be defended by, a legal practitioner of his choice.
(2) Every person who is arrested and detained in custody shall be produced before the nearest magis- trate within a period of twenty-four hours of such arrest excluding the time necessary for the journey from the place of arrest to the court of the magistrate and no such person shall be detained in custody beyond the said period without the authority of a magistrate.
(3) Nothing in clauses (1) and (2) shall apply—
(a) to any person who for the time being is an,
enemy alien; or
(b) to any person who is arrested or detained' under any law providing for preventive detention.
(4) No law providing for preventive detention shall authorise the detention of a person for a longer period than three months unless—
(a) an Advisory Board consisting of persons
who are, or have been, or are qualified to. be appointed as, Judges of a High Court
3869 TflE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY', NOV, 26, 1949 12 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart III.—Fundamental Rights.—Art. 22.
has reported before the expiration of the said period of three months that there is in its opinion sufficient cause for such detention:
Provided that nothing in this sub-clause shall authorise the detention of any person beyond the maximum period pres- cribed by any law made by Parliament under sub-clause (6) of clause (7); or
(6) such person is detained in accordance with the provisions of any law made by Parlia- ment under sub-clauses (a) and (&) of clause (7).
(5) When any person is detained in pursuance of an order made under any law providing for preven- tive detention, the authority making the order shall, as soon as may be, communicate to such person the grounds on which the order has been made and shall afford him the earliest opportunity of making a representation against the order.
(6) Nothing in clause (5) shall require the autho- rity making any such order as is referred to in that clause to disclose facts which such authority consi- ders to be against the public interest to disclose.
(7) Parliament may by law prescribe—
(a) the circumstances under which, and the class or classes of cases in which, a person may be detained for a period longer than three months under any law providing for preventive detention without obtaining the opinion of an Advisory Board in accord- ance with the provisions of sub-clause (a) of clause (4);
(b) the maximum period for which any person
• may in any class or classes of cases be detained under any law providing for preventive detention; and
\(c) the procedure to be followed by an Advisory Board in an inquiry under sub-clause (a) of clause (4).
T#E GAZETTE OF INDIA. EXTRAORDINARY, NOV. 26, 1049 ?39^ THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 13Part III.—Fundamental Rights.—Arts. 23-25.
Right against Exploitation
23. (1) Traffic in human beings and be gar and other similar forms of forced labour are prohibited and any contravention of this provision shall be an offence punishable in accordance with law.
Prohibition,
of traffic
in human
beings and
forced
labour.
(2) Nothing in this article shall prevent the State from imposing compulsory service for public purposes, and in imposing such service the State shall not make any discrimination on grounds only of religion, race, caste or class or any of them.
24. No child below the age of fourteen years shall be employed to work in any factory or mine or engaged in any other hazardous employment.
Prohibition,
of employ-
ment of
children
in f actqri*!^
•tc.
Right to Freedom of Religion
25. (1) Subject to public order, morality and health and to the other provisions of this Part, all persons are equally entitled to freedom of conscience and the right freely to profess, practise and propagate religion.
Freedom
of consci-
ence and
free
profegilon,
praotlca
and PXOtUK
gatlon 01
religion.
(2) Nothing in this article shall affect the opera- tion of any existing law or prevent the State from making any law—
(a) regulating or restricting any economic, financial, political or other secular activity which may be associated with religious practice;
(6) providing for social welfare and reform or the throwing open of Hindu religious institutions of a public character to all classes and sections of Hindus.
Explanation I.—The wearing and carrying of kirpans shall be deemed to be included in the profes- sion of the Sikh religion.
Explanation II.—In sub-clause (b) of clause (2), the reference to Hindus shall be construed as includ- ing a reference to persons professing the Sikh, Taina or Buddhist religion, and the reference to Hindu religious institutions shall be. construed accordingly.
$880 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTBAOBDINABY, NOV. 26, 1949 14 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart III.—Fundamental Rights.—Arts. 26-29.
Freedom to manage religious -Affairs.
26. Subject to public order, morality and health, every religious denomination or any section thereof shall have the right—
(a) to establish and maintain institutions for
religious and charitable purposes;
(&) to manage its own affairs in matters of
religion;
(c) to own and acquire movable and immov-
able property; and
(d) to administer such property in accordance
with law.
27. No person shall be compelled to pay any taxes, the proceeds of which are specifically appro- priated in payment of expenses for the promotion or maintenance of any particular religion or religious denomination.
Freedom ~aa to pay- ment 61 taxes for promotion of any particular religion.
28. (1) No religious instruction shall be provided in any educational institution wholly maintained out of State funds.
•Freedom as to attend- ance at religious instruc- tion or religious '"worship in certain edu- cational in- stitutions.
(2) Nothing in clause (1) shall apply to an educa- tional institution which is administered by the State but has been established under any endowment or trust which requires that religious instruction shall be imparted in such institution.
(3) No person attending any educational institu- tion recognised by the State or receiving aid out of State funds shall be required to take part in any reli- gious instruction that may be imparted in such insti- tution or to attend any religious worship that may be conducted in such institution or in any premises attached thereto unless such person or, if such person is a minor, his guardian has given his consent thereto.
Cultural and Educational Rights
Protection trf interests ol mino- rities.
29. (1) Any section of the citizens residing in the territory of India or any part thereof having a distinct language, script or culture of its own shall have the right to conserve the same.
VH& aA^^TTE' OK INUI&JBXTBAiOBOlNAiRY NOW. 26; \$4M> 9fl#iTHE CONSTITUTION OF IM©IA 15 P^rtf ///.—Fundamental Rights.—Arts. 39-31.
(2) No citizen shall be denied admission into any educational institution maintained by the State or re- ceiving aid out of State funds on grounds only of religion, race, caste, language or any of them.
30. (1) All minorities, whether based on religion or language, shall have the right to establish and admi- nister educational institutions of their choice.
Right of
mmoritlfll
to establish
and ad-
minister
educational
institutions.
(2) The State shall not, in granting aid to educa- tional institutions, discriminate against any educa- tional institution on the ground that it is under the management of a minority, whether based on religion or language.
Right to Property
31. (1) No person shall be deprived of his pro-
perty save by authority of law.
Cou&pulflory
aeqjSsltHm
it property.
(2) No property, movable or immovable, including any interest in, or in any company owning, any commercial or industrial undertaking, shall be taken possession of or acquired for public purposes under any law authorising the taking of such possession or such acquisition, unless the law provides for compensation for the property taken possession of or acquired and either fixes the amount of the compensa- tion, or specifies the principles on which, and the manner in which, the compensation is to be deter- mined and given.
(3) No such law as is referred to in clause (2) made by the Legislature of a State shall have effect unless such law, haying been reserved for the consi- deration of the President, has received his assent.
(4) If any Bill pending at the commencement of this Constitution in the Legislature of a State has, after it has been passed by such Legislature, been reserved for the consideration of the President and has received his assent, then, notwithstanding any- thing in this Constitution, the law so assented to shall not be called in question in any court on the ground that it contravenes the provisions of clause (2).
M62 "THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY, NOV. 26, 104& -10 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart III.—Fundamental Rights.—Arts. 31-32.
(5) Nothing in clause (2) shall affect—
(a) the provisions of any existing law other than a law to which the provisions of clause (6) apply, or
(b) the provisions of any law which the State
may hereafter make—
(i) for the purpose of imposing or levying any
tax or penalty, or
(ii) for the promotion of public health or the prevention of danger to life or property, or
(in) .in pursuance of any agreement entered into between the Government of the Dominion of India or the Government of India and the Government of any other country, or otherwise, with res- pect to property declared by law to be evacuee property.
(6) Any law of the State enacted not more than eighteen months before the commencement of this Constitution may within three months from such commencement be submitted to the President for his certification; and thereupon, if the President by public notification so certifies, it shall not be called in ques- tion in any court on the ground that it contravenes the provisions of clause (2) of this article or has contra- vened the provisions of sub-section (2) of section 299 of the Government of India Act, 1035.
Right to Constitutional Remedies
32. (1) The right to move the Supreme Court by appropriate proceedings for the enforcement of the rights conferred by this Part is guaranteed.
"Smwdles
iarenforce-
ameat ol
s^fhtfl con-
rtaxed by
A le Tart.
(2) The Supreme Court shall have power to issue directions or orders or writs, including writs in the nature of habeas corpus, mandamus, prohibition, .quo warranto and certiorari, whichever may be appropriate, for the enforcement of any of the rights conferred by this Part.
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTBAOBDINAEY, NOV. 26, 1W49 2368? THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 17Part III.—Fundamental Rights.—Arts. 32-35.
(3) Without prejudice to the powers conferred on the Supreme Court by clauses (1) and (2), Parlia- ment may by law empower any other court to exer- cise withm trie local limits of its jurisdiction all or any of the powers exercisable by the Supreme Court under clause (2).
(4) The right guaranteed by this article shall not be suspended except as otherwise provided for by this Constitution.
Power to> Parliament: to modify the rights conferred by this P a rt in their applieatitm- to Forces.
33. Parliament may by law determine to what ex- tent any of the rights conferred by this Part shall, in their application to the members of the Armed Forces or the Forces charged with the maintenance of public order, be restricted or abrogated so as to ensure the proper discharge of their duties and the maintenance of discipline among them.
Restriction* on rights conferred by this Fart while martial l i* Is in f orc" in any arefc.
34. Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing provisions of this Part, Parliament may by law indemnify any person in the service of the Union or of a State or any other person in respect of any act done by him in connection with the maintenance or resto- ration of order in any area within the territory of India where martial law was in force or validate any sentence passed, punishment inflicted, forfeiture ordered or other act done under martial law in such area.
35. Notwithstanding anything in this Constitu-
tion,—
Legislation- to give effect, to the provi- sions of thte Part.
(a) Parliament shall have, and the Legislature of a State shall not have, power to make laws—
(i) with respect to any of the matters which under clause (3) of article 16, clause (3) of article 32, article 33 and article 34 may be provided for by law made by Parliament; and
(ii) for prescribing punishment for those acts which are declared to be offences under this Part;
MM $m msffiffisi ^'mflti>mimAG&mA&% NOV, ae, ma18 *Iffl CONSTlTUtlOt* OF INDIA #"ar* ITI.—FundatneMtti Rights.—Art. 35.
Mid Parliament shall, as soon as may be after the commencement of this Constitu- tion, make laws for prescribing punishment for the acts referred to in sub-clause (it);
(b) any law in force immediately before the commencement of this Constitution in the territory of India with respect to any of the matters referred to in sub-clause (i) of clause (a) or providing for punishment for any act referred to in sub-claus6 ("') of that clause shall, subject to the terms thereof and to any adaptations and modifications that may be made therein under article 372, continue in force until altered or repealed or amended by Parlia- ment.
Explanation.—In this article, the expression "law in force" has the same meaning as in article 372.
ym GAZETTE .OF mbu mzMQWiMM, mv, w, m" mm
PART IV
DIRECTIVE PRINCIPLES OF STATE POLICY
Definition.
36. In this Part, unless the context otherwise re- tquires, "the State" has the same meaning as in Part
Applicatlott of the prin- ciples con- tained in this Part.
* 37. The provisions contained in this Part shall not be enforceable by any court, but the principles therein laid down are nevertheless fundamental in the gov- ernance of the country and it shall be the duty of the State to apply these principles in making laws.
38. The State shall strive to promote the welfare >of the people by securing and protecting as effectively .as it may a social order in which justice, social economic and political, shall inform all the institu- tions of the national life.
State to secure * SQCI aJ order lor the promo- tion of welfare of thf people.
39. The State shall, in particular, direct its policy
towards securing—
lowed DT
the Stat*.
(a) that the citizens, men and women equally, have the right to an adequate means of livelihood;
ib) that the ownership and control of the material resources of the community are so distributed as best to subserve the common good;
{c) that the operation of the economic system does not result in the concentration of wealth and means of production to the common detriment;
(d) that there is equal pay for equal work for
both men and women;
{e) that the health and strength of workers, men and women, and the tender age of children are not abused and that citizens
afiee THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTEAOBDIJUBY, NQV, 28, 1^9 20 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart IV.—Directive Principles of State Policy-
Arts. 39-45.
are not forced by economic necessity to enter avocations unsuited to their age or strength;
(/) that childhood and youth are protected against exploitation and against moral and material abandonment.
Organisa- tion of village pancha- yats.
40. The State shall take steps to organise village panchayats and endow them with such powers and authority as may be necessary to enable them to func- tion as units of self-government.
Bight to work, to education and to public assistance in certain cases.
41. The State shall, within the limits of its econo- mic capacity and development, make effective provi- sion for securing the right to work, to education and to public assistance in cases of unemployment, old age, sickness and disablement, and in other cases of undeserved want.
42. The State shall make provision for securing just and humane conditions of work and for mater- nity relief.
Provision for just and humane conditions of work and maternity relief. Living wage, etc., f or workers.
43. The State shall endeavour to secure, by suit- able legislation or economic organisation or in any other way, to all workers, agricultural, industrial or otherwise, work, a living wage, conditions of work ensuring a decent standard of life and full enjoy- ment of leisure and social and cultural opportunities^ and, in particular, the State shall endeavour to pro- mote cottage industries on an individual or co- operative basis in rural areas.
Uniform civil code for the citizens.
44. The State shall endeavour to secure for the citizens a uniform civil code throughout the territory of India.
Provision for free and com- pulsory education f or children.
45. The State shall endeavour to provide, within a period of ten years from the commencement of this Constitution, for free and compulsoty education for all children until they complete the age of fourteen years.
rJHE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDTNAEY, W V. 26, 1949 2S07THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 21
Part IV.—Directive Principles of State Policy.—
Arts. 46-51
46. The State shall promote with special care the educational and economic interests of the weaker sections of the people, and, in particular, of the Scheduled Castes and the Scheduled Tribes, and shall protect them from social injustice and all forms of exploitation.
Promotion of educa- tional and economic interests of Scheduled Castes, Scheduled Tribes and other weaker sections.
47. The State shall regard the raising of the level of nutrition and the standard of living of its people and the improvement of public health as among its primary duties and, in particular, the State shall endeavour to bring about prohibition of the consumption except for medicinal purposes of intoxicating drinks and of drugs which are inju- rious to health.
uuty 01 the State to raise the level of nutrition and the standard of living and to improve public health.
Organisa- tion of agri- culture and animal husbandry.
48. The State shall endeavour to organise agri- culture and animal husbandry on modern and scientific lines and shall, in particular, take steps for preserving and improving the breeds, and prohibi- ting the slaughter, of cows and calves and other milch and draught cattle.
Protec- tion of monuments and places and objects of national import- ance.
49. It shall be the obligation of the State to protect every monument or place or object of artistic or historic interest, declared by Parliament by law to be of national importance, from spoliation, disfigurement, destruction, removal, disposal or export, as the case may be.
Separation of judici- ary from executive.
J 50. The State shall take steps to separate the judiciary from the executive in the public services of the State.
51. The State shall endeavour to—
(a) promote international peace and security; (6) maintain just and honourable relations
Promotion of inter- national peace and security.
between nations;
(c) foster respect for international law and treaty obligations in the dealings of organised peoples with one another; and
(d) encourage settlement of international dis-
putes by arbitration.
3860 H35B GABETTB OF INDIA. EXTBAORMNABYv NOV. 20, 1$&.PART V
THE UNION
CHAPTER I.—THE EXECUTIVE
The President and Vice-President
52. There shall be a President of India.
The Preii-
dent of
India.
Executive
power of
the Union.
53. (i) The executive power of the Union shall be vested in the President and shall be exercised by him either directly or through officers subordinate to him. in accordance with this Constitution.
(2) Without prejudice to the generality of the fore- going provision, the supreme command of the Defence- Forces of the Union shall be vested in the President, and the exercise thereof shall be regulated by law.
(3) Nothing in this article shall—
(a) be deemed to transfer to the President anj functions conferred by any existing law on the Government of any State or other authority; or
(&) prevent Parliament from conferring by law functions on authorities other than the President.
l&ection of
President. 54. The President shall be elected by the members, of an electoral college consisting of—
(a) the elected members of both Houses of Par-
liament; and
(b) the elected members of the Legislative
Assemblies of the States.
Manner of election of President.
55. (1) As far as practicable, there shall be unifor- mity in the scale of representation of the different States at the election of the President.
(2) For the purpose of securing such uniformity among the States inter se as well as parity between the States as a whole and the Union, the number of
i!HE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTEAOBDINABY, NOV. 20, 1049 )2g0fl THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 23Part V.—The Union.—Arts. 55-56.
votes which each elected member of Parliament and of the Legislative Assembly of each State is entitled to •cast at such election shall be determined in the follow- ing manner:—
(a) every elected member of the Legislative Assembly of a State shall have as many votes as there are multiples of one thousand in the quotient obtained by dividing the population of the State by the total number of the elected members of the Assembly;
(b) if, after taking the said multiples of one thousand, the remainder is npt less than five hundred, then the vote of each member referred to in sub-clause (a) shall be further increased by one;
(c) each elected member of either House of Parliament shall have such number of votes as may be obtained by dividing the total number of votes assigned to the members of the Legislative Assemblies of the States under sub-clauses (a) and (b) by the total number of the elected members of both Houses of Parliament, fractions exceeding one-half being counted as one and other fractions being disregarded.
(3) The election of the President shall be held in accordance with the system of proportional represent- ation by means of the single transferable vote and •ihe votmg at such election shall be by secret ballot.
Explanation.—In this article, the expression • "population" means the population as ascertained at the last preceding census of which the relevant figures Tiave been published.
56. (1) The President shall hold ofhce tor a term ' of five years from the date on which he enters upon
Term of office of President, his oince:
Provided that—
(a) the President may, by writing under his hand addressed to the Vice-President, resign his office;
ifeVD THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTEAORDINAEY, NOV. 26, 1949- 24 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart V.—The Union.—Arts. 56-59.
(&) the President may, for violation of the Con- stitution, be removed from office by im- peachment in the manner provided in. article 61;
(c) the President shall, notwithstanding the expi- ration of his term, continue to hold office until his successor enters upon his office.
(2) Any resignation addressed to the Vice-Presi- dent under clause (a) of the proviso to clause (i)1 shall forthwith be communicated by him to the Speaker of the House of the People.
Eligibility lor re- election.
57. A person who holds, or who has held, office as President shall, subject to the other provisions of this Constitution, be eligible for re-election to that office.
58. (1) No person shall be eligible for election as* President unless he—
Qualifica- tions for election as President.
(a) is a citizen of India,
(b) has completed the age of thirty-five years,
and
(c) is qualified for election as a member of the
House of the People.
(2) A person shall not be eligible for election as President if he holds any office of profit under the Government of India or the Government of any State or under any local or other authority subjecij to the control of any of the said Governments. ^
Explanation.—For the purposes of this article, a person shall not be deemed to hold any office of profit by reason only that he is the President or Vice-President of the Union or the Governor or Rajpramukh or Uparajpramukh of any State or is a Minister either for the Union or for any State.
Conditions of Presi- dent's office.
59. (1) The President shall not be a member of either House of Parliament or of a House of the Legislature of any State, and if a member of either House of Parliament or of a House of the Legisla- ture of any State be elected President, he shall be
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA E X T R A O E D I N A E Y, NOV. 26, 1649 287*THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 25 Part V.—The Union.—Arts. 59-61.
deemed to have vacated his seat in that House on the date on which he enters upon his office as Presi- dent.
(2) The President shall not hold any other office
of profit.
(3) The President shall be entitled without pay- ment of rent to the use of his official residences and shall be also entitled to such emoluments, allow- ances and privileges as may be determined by Parlia- ment by law and, until provision in that behalf is so made, such emoluments, allowances and privileges as are specified in the Second Schedule.
(4) The emoluments and allowances of the Presi- dent shall not be diminished during his term of office.
Oath or
affirmation
by the
President.
60. Every President and every person acting as President or discharging the functions of the Presi- dent shall, before entering upon his office, make and subscribe in the presence of the Chief Justice of India or, in his absence, the seniormosl Judge of the Supreme Court available, an oath or affirmation in the following form, that is to say—
swear in the name of God
"I, A, B., do
solemnly affirm
that I will faithfully execute the office of President (or discharge the functions of the President) of India and will to the best of my ability preserve, protect and defend the Constitution and the law and that I will devote myself to the service and well-being of the people of India."
61. (1) When a President is to be impeached for violation of the Constitution, the charge shall be preferred by either House of Parliament.
Procedure for im- peachment of the President.
(2) No such charge shall be preferred unless—•
(a) the proposal to prefer such charge is con- tained in n resolution which has been moved after at least fourteen days' notice in writing signed by not less than one- fourth of the total number of members
2S.72 T^E GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAOBDINARY, NOV.. 26, 19*TBfl ttflS COtfSTlfTjflOti Ofr tNt"tA
Par* V.—Tke Union.—Arts. 61-64.
of the House has been given of their intention to move the resolution, and
(6) such resolution has been passed by a majo-
rity of not less than two-thirds of the- total membership of the House.
(3) When a charge has been so preferred by either House of Parliament, the other House shall investigate the charge or cause the charge to be investigated and the President shall have the right to appear and to be represented at such investiga- tion.
(4) If as a result of the investigation a resolution is passed by a majority of not less than two-thirds of the total membership of the House by which the charge was investigated or caused to be investigated, declaring that the charge preferred against the Pre- sident has been sustained, such resolution shall have the effect of removing the President from his office as from the date on which the resolution is so passed.
62. (1) An election to fill a vacancy caused by the expiration of the term of office of President shall be completed before the expiration of the term.
Time of holding election to fill vacancy in the office of President and the term of office of person elected to nil casual vacancy.
(2) An election to fill a vacancy in the office of President occurring by reason of his death, resigna- tion or removal, or otherwise shall be held as soon as possible after, and in no case later than six months from, the date of occurrence of the vacancy; and the person elected to fill the vacancy shall,, subject to the provisions of article 56, be entitled to hold office for the full term of five years from the date on which he enters upon his office.
63. There shall be a Vice-President of India.
The Vice- President of India.
64. The Vice-President shall be ex-officio Chair-
man of the Council of States and shall not hold any- other office of profit:
The Vice- President to be ex- offlcio Chairman of the Council of States.
Provided that during any period when the Vice- President acts as President or discharges the func- tions of the President under article 65, he shall not
[C&E GA^BT-TE Of 1NDJA KXTItAOBDIN^HY, NOV. 26, W$ WTHE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 27 Partf V.—The Union.—Arts. 64-66.
perform the duties of the office of Chairman of the Council of States and shall not be entitled to any salary or allowance payable to the Chairman of the Council of States under article 97.
65. (1) In the event of the occurrence of any vacancy in the office of the President by reason of his death, resignation or removal, or otherwise, the Vice-President shall act as President until the date on which a new President elected.in accordance with the provisions of this Chapter to fill such vacancy enters upon his office.
The Vice- president to act as President or to dis- charge Ms functions during casual vacancies in the office, or during the absence, of President.
(2) When the President is unable to discharge his functions owing to absence, illness or any other cause, the Vice-President shall discharge his func- tions until the date on which the President resumes his duties.
(3) The Vice-President shall, during, and in res- pect of, the period while he is so acting as, or dis- charging the functions of, President, have all the powers and immunities of the President and be entitled to such emoluments, allowances and privi- leges as may be determined by Parliament by law and, until provision in that behalf is so made, such emoluments, allowances and privileges as are speci- fied in the Second Schedule.
Election of Vice- President.
66. (1) The Vice-President shall be elected by the members of both Houses of Parliament assembled at a joint meeting in accordance with the system of proportional representation by means of the single transferable vote and the voting at such election shaU be by secret ballot.
(2) The Vice-President shall not be a member of either House of Parliament or of a House of the Legislature of any State, and if a member of either House of Parliament or of a House of the Legisla- ture of any State be elected Vice-President, he shall be deemed to have vacated his seat in that House on the date on which he enters upon his office as Vice-President.
Wii T HE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTKAOBDINARY, NOV. 28, 1949' 2& THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart V.—The Union.—Arts. 66-67.
(3) No person shall be eligible for election as Vice-President unless he—
(a) is a citizen of India;
, (b) has completed the age of thirty-five years;
and
' (c) is qualified for election as a member of the
Council of States.
(4) A person shall not be eligible for election as Vice-President if he holds any office of profit under the Government of India or the Government of any State or under any local or other authority subject to the control of any of the said Governments.
Explanation.—For the purposes of this article, a person shall not be deemed to hold any office of profit by reason only that he is the President or Vice-President of the Union or the Governor or Rajpramukh or Uparajpramukh of any State or is - a Minister either for the Union or for any State.
:Term bf office of Ylce-PrEsi-
67. The Vice-President shall hold office far a term of five years from the date on which he enters upon his office:
t.dant.
Provided that—
(a) a Vice-President may, by writing under his hand addressed to the President, resign his office;
(b) a Vice-President may be removed from his office by a resolution of the Council of States passed by a majority of all the then members of the Council and agreed to by the House of the People; but no resolu- tion for the purpose of this clause shall be moved unless at least fourteen days' notice has been given of the intention to move the resolution;
(c) a Vice-President shall, notwithstanding the expiration of his term, continue to hold oftice until his successor enters upon his office.
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTEAOEDINABY, NOV. 26, 1949" <23VS> THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 29Part V.—The Union—Arts. 68-71.
68. (1) An election to fill a vacancy caused" by the expiration of the term of office of Vice-President shall be completed before the expiration of the term.
TTrne at holding election te fill vacancy in. the office of Vice- President and the term ai. office of ," person elected to fill casual vacancy.
(2) An election to fill a vacancy in the office of Vice-President occurring by reason of his death, resignation or removal, or otherwise shall be held as soon as possible after the occurrence of the vacancy, and the person elected to fill the vacancy shall, subject to the provisions of article 67, be entitled to hold office for the full term of five years from the date on which he enters upon his office.
Oath or~ affirmaticar by the ^ice- President.
69. Every Vice-President shall, before entering upon his office, make and subscribe before the Pre- sident, or some person appointed in that behalf by him, an oath or affirmation in the following form, that is to say—
swear in the name of God
"I, A.B., do
solemnly affirm
that I will bear true faith and allegiance to the Constitution of India as by law estab- lished and that I will faithfully discharge the duty upon which I am about to enter."
70. Parliament may make such provision as it thinks fit for the discharge of the functions of the President in any contingency not provided for in this Chapter.
Discharge- of Presi- dent's func*- tions. in. other contin- gencies.
71. (1) All doubts and disputes arising put of or in connection with the election of a President or Vice-President shall be inquired into and decided by the Supreme Court whose decision shall be final.
Matters ref- lating to or connected with the election of a President or Vice- President-- (2) If the election of a person as President or Vice-President is declared void by the Supreme Court, acts done by him in the exercise and perform- ance of the powers and duties of the office of Presi- dent or Vice-President, as the case may be, on or before the date of the decision of the Supreme Court shall not be invalidated by reason of that declaration.
&& ,T)8E GAZETTE OF INDIA BXTBAOBDINABY, NOV. ,26, 10)40 3 0 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart V.—The Union.—Arts. 71-73.
(3) Subject to the provisions of this Constitution, Parliament may by law regulate any matter relating to or connected with the election of a President or Vice-President
72. (1) The President shall have the power to grant pardons, reprieves, respites or remissions of punishment or to suspend, remit or commute the sentence of any person convicted of any offence—
(a) in all cases where the punishment or sen-
tence is by a Court Martial;
Power of President to grant pardons, etc., and to suspend, remit or Commute i"e"teaces mcert"fm
(6) in all cases where the punishment or sen- tence is for an offence against any law relating to a matter to which the execu- tive power of the Union extends;
(c) in all cases where the sentence is a sentence
of death.
(2) Nothing in sub-clause (a) of clause (1) shall affect the power conferred by law on any officer of the Armed Forces of the Union to suspend, remit or commute a sentence passed by a Court Martial.
(3) Nothing in sub-clause (c) of clause (1) shall affect the power to suspend, remit or commute a sentence of death exercisable by the Governor or Rajpramukh of a State under any law for the time being in force.
73. (1) Subject to the provisions of this Constitu- tion, the executive power of the Union shall extend—
Extent of executive power of the Union.
(a) to the matters with respect to which Parlia-
ment has power to make laws; and
(&) to the exercise of such rights, authority and jurisdiction as are exercisable by the Gov- ernment of India by virtue of any treaty or agreement:
Provided that the executive power referred to in sub-clause (a) shall not, save as expressly provided in this Constitution or in any law made by Parlia- ment, extend in any State specified in Part A or
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTOAOItf>INABY, _NOV. 2b, 19*9 2^17 THE CONSTITUTION OF INPIA 31Part V.—The Union.—Arts. 73-75.
Part B of the First Schedule to matters with respect to which the Legislature of the State has also power to make laws.
(2) Until otherwise provided by Parliament, a State and any officer or authority of a State may, notwithstanding anything in this article, continue to exercise in matters with respect to which Parlia- ment has power to make laws for that State such executive power or functions as the State or officer •or authority thereof could exercise immediately before the commencement of this Constitution.
Council of Ministers
74. (1) There shall be a Council of Ministers with the Prime Minister at the head to aid and advise the President in the exercise of his functions.
Council of Minister* to aid and advise President.
(2) The question whether any, and if so what advice was tendered by Ministers to the President shall not be inquired into in any court.
Other pro- visions as to Minister*.
75. (1) The Prime Minister shall be appointed by he President and the other Ministers shall be ap- pointed by the President on the advice of the Prime Minister.
(2) The Ministers shall hold office during the
pleasure of the President.
(3) The Council of Ministers shall be collectively
•esponsible to the House of the People.
(4) Before a Minister enters upon his office, the President shall administer to him the oaths of office ind of secrecy according to the forms set out for the purpose in the Third Schedule.
(5) A Minister who for any period of six conse- cutive months is not a member of either House of Parliament shall at the expiration of that period :ease to be a Minister.
(6) The salaries and allowances of Ministers shall be such as Parliament may from time to time by law determine and, until Parliament so determines, shall be as specified in the Second Schedule,
28JB THE GAZETTE OP INDIA EXTRAOKDINABY, NOV. 26, 1949 32 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart V.—The Union.—Arts. 76-77.
The Attorney-General for India
Attorney- General for India.
76. (1) The President shall appoint a person who is qualified to be appointed a Judge of the Supreme Court to be Attorney-General for India.
(2) It shall be the duty of the Attorney-General to give advice to the Government of India upon such legal matters, and to perform such other duties of a legal character, as may from time to time be referred or assigned to him by the President, and to discharge the functions conferred on him by or under this Constitution or any other law for the time being in force.
(3) In the performance of his duties the Attorney- General shall have right of audience in all courts in the territory of India.
(4) The Attorney-General shall hold office during the pleasure of the President, and shall receive such remuneration as the President may determine.
Conduct of Government Business
77. (1) All executive action of the Government of India shall be expressed to be taken in the name of the President.
Conduct of business of the Govern- ment of India.
(2) Orders and other instruments made and exe- cuted in the name of the President shall be authenti- cated in such manner as may be specified in rules to be made by the President, and the validity of an order or instrument which is so authenticated shall not be called in question on the ground that it is not an order or instrument made or executed by the President.
(3) The President shall make rules for the more convenient transaction of the business of the Govern- ment of India, and for the allocation among Ministers of the said business.
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAOKDINABY, NOV. 26, 1949 287g THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 33Part V.—The Union.—Arts. 78-80.
78. It shall be the duty of the Prime Minister—
(a) to communicate to the President all decisions of the Council of Ministers relating to the administration of the affairs of the Union and proposals for legislation;
Duties of
Prime
Minister as
respects the
furnishing
of informa-
tion to the
President,
etc.
(b) to furnish such information relating to the administration of the affairs of the Union and proposals for legislation as the Presi- dent may call for; and
(c) if the President so requires, to submit for the consideration of the Council of Minis- ters any matter on which a decision has been taken by a Minister but which has not been considered by the Council.
CHAPTER II.—PARLIAMENT
General
Constitu- tion of Par- liament.
79. There shall be a Parliament for the Union which shall consist of the President and two Houses to be known respectively as the Council of States .and the House of the People.
80. (1) The Council of States shall consist of—
Composi-
tion of the
Council of
States.
(a) twelve members to be nominated by the President in accordance with the provi- sions of clause (3); and
(b) not more than two hundred and thirty-eight
representatives of the States.
(2) The allocation of seats in the Council of States to be filled by representatives of the States shall be in accordance with the provisions in that behalf con- tained in the Fourth Schedule.
(3) The members to be nominated by the Presi- dent under sub-clause (a) of clause (i) shall consist of persons having special knowledge or practical ex- perience in respect of such matters as the following, namely: —
Literature, science, art and social service.
2880 TJKP GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTBAQKpINABT, NQV, 26, 19*0 34 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart V.—The Union.—Arts. 80-81.
(4) The representatives of each State specified i" Part A or Part B of the First Schedule in the Council of States shall be elected by the elected members of the Legislative Assembly of the State in accordance with the system of proportional representation by means of the single transferable vote.
(5) The representatives of the States specified in Part C of the First Schedule in the Council of States shall be chosen in such manner as Parliament may by law prescribe.
Composi- tion of the House of the People.
81. (1) (a) Subject to the provisions of clause (2) and of articles 82 and 331, the House of the People shall consist of not more than five hundred members directly elected by the voters in the States.
(b) For the purpose of sub-clause (a), the States shall be divided, grouped or formed into territorial constituencies and the number of members to be allotted to each such constituency shall be so deter- mined as to ensure that there shall be not less than one member for every 750,000 of the population and not more than one member for every 500,000 of the population.
(c) The ratio between the number of members, allotted to each territorial constituency and the popu- lation of that constituency as ascertained at the last preceding census of which the relevant figures have been published shall, so far as practicable, be the same throughout the territory of India.
(2) The representation in the House of the People of the territories comprised within the territory of India but not included within any State shall be such as Parliament may by law provide.
(3) Upon the completion of each census, the re- presentation of the several territorial constituencies in the House of the People shall be readjusted by such authority, in such manner and with effect from such date as 'Parliament may by law determine:
Provided that such readjustment shall not affect representation in the House of the People until the dissolution of the then existing House.
XSE GAZETTE OP INDIA EXTBAOJfclUNABY, NOV^ 26, 1049 388^tSm CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 5 Part V.—The Union.—Arts. 82-85.
Special pro* vision as to representa- tion of States in Part C and territo. ries other than States, 82. Notwithstanding anything in clause (1) of article 81, Parliament may by law provide for the representation in the House of the People of any State specified in Part C of the First Schedule or of any territories comprised within the territory of India but not included within any State on a basis or in a manner other than that provided in that clause.
Duration of Houses ot Parliament, 81. (1) The Council of States shall not be subject to dissolution, but as nearly as possible one-third of the members thereof shall retire as soon as may be on the expiration of every second year in accordance with the provisions made in that behalf by Parlia- ment by law.
(2) The House of the People, unless sooner dis- solved, shall continue for five years from the date appointed for its first meeting and no longer and the expiration of the said period of five years shall oper- ate as a dissolution of the House:
Provided that the said period may, while a Pro- clamation of Emergency is in operation, be extend- ed by Parliament by law for a period not exceeding one year at a time and not extending in any case beyond a period of six months after the Proclama- tion has ceased to operate.
84. A person shall not be qualified to be chosen
to fill a seat in Parliament unless he^—
Qualifica- tion for member shin of Parlia- ment, (a) is a citizen of India; (b) is, in the case of a seat in the Council of States, not less than thirty years of age and, in the case of a seat in the House of the People, not less Dhan twenty-five years of age; and
(d) possesses such other qualifications as may be prescribed in that behalf by or under any law made by Parliament.
Sessions of Parliament,. prorogation and dis- solution, 85. (1) The Houses of Parliament shall be sum- moned to meet twice at least in every year, and six months shall not intervene between their last sitting. in one session and the date appointed for their first sitting in the next session.
2882 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTEAORDINABY, NOV. 26, 1949 36 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart V.—The Union.—Arts. 85-89.
(2) Subject to the provisions of clause (1), the President may from time to time—
(a) summon the Houses or either House to meet
at such time and place as he thinks fit;
(b) prorogue the Houses;
(c) dissolve the House of the People.
86. (1) The President may address either House of Parliament or both Houses assembled together, and for that purpose require the attendance of members.
Right of*
President
to address
and send
messages to
Houses.
(2) The President may send messages to either House of Parliament, whether with respect to a Bill then pending in Parliament or otherwise, and a House to which any message is so sent shall with all convenient despatch consider any matter required by the message to be taken into consideration.
87. (1) At the commencement of every session the President shall address both Houses of Parliament assembled together and inform Parliament of the causes of its summons.
'.Special
address by
the Presi-
dent at
the com-
mencement
of every
session.
(2) Provision shall be made by the rules regulat- ing the procedure of either House for the allotment of time for discussion of the matters referred to in such address and for the precedence of such discus- sion over other business of the House.
Rights of Ministers a nd Attorney- General as respects Houses.
88. Every Minister and the Attorney-General of India shall have the right to speak in, and otherwise to take part in the proceedings of, either House, any joint sitting of the Houses, and any committee of Parliament of which he may be named a member, but shall not by virtue of this article be entitled to vote.
Officers of Parliament
89. (T) The Vice-President of India shall be ex- officio Chairman of the Council of States.
The Chair- man and Peputy Chairman of the Council of States
(2) The Council of States shall, as soon as may be, choose a member of the Council to be Deputy Chairman thereof and, so often as the office of
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTBAOBDINABY, NOV. 26, 1940. 288ff. THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 37Part V.—The Union.—Arts. 89-92.
Deputy Chairman becomes vacant, the Council shall choose another member to be Deputy Chairman thereof.
90. A member holding office as Deputy Chairman
of the Council of States—
(a) shall vacate his office if he ceases to be a
member of the Council;
Vacation and resig- nation of, and re- moval from, the office of Deputy Chairman.
(b) may at any time, by writing under his hand addressed to the Chairman, resign his office; and
(c) may be removed from his office by a resolu- tion of the Council passed by a majority of all the then members of the Council:
Provided that no resolution for the purpose of clause (c) shall be moved unless at least fourteen days' notice has been given of the intention* to move the resolution.
91. (1) While the office of Chairman is vacant, or during any period when the Vice-President is acting as, or discharging the functions of, President, the duties of the office shall be performed by the Deputy Chairman, or, if the office of Deputy Chairman is also vacant, by such member of the Council of States as the President may appoint for the purpose.
Power of the Deputy Chairman or other person to perform the duties of the office of, or to act as, Chairman.
(2) During the absence of the Chairman from any sitting of the Council of States the Deputy Chairman, or, if he is also absent, such person as may be deter- mined by the rules of procedure of the Council, or, it no such person is present, such other person as i-xiay be determined by the Council, shall act as Chairman.
The Chair- man or the- Deputy Chairman not to preside while a resolution for his re- moval from office is under con- sideration.
92. (1) At any sitting of the Council of States, while any resolution for the removal of the Vice- President from his office is under consideration, the Chairman, or while any resolution for the removal of the Deputy Chairman from his office is under con- sideration, the Deputy Chairman, shall not, though he is present, preside, and the provisions of clause (2) of article 91 shall apply in relation to every such sitting as they apply in relation to a sitting from
:5Wfe* USE GAZETTE Of1 INBIA. IBXTRAOKDINAB'T, NOV. "26, 194938 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA Part V.—The Union.—Arts. 92-94.
which the Chairman, or, as the case may be, the Deputy Chairman, is absent.
(2) The Chairman shall have the right to speak in, and otherwise to take part in the proceedings of, the Council of States while any resolution for the removal of the Vice-President from his office is under consideration in the Council, but, notwith- standing anything in article 100, shall not be entitled to vote at all on such resolution or on any other matter during such proceedings.
T'he "Speaker and Deputy Speaker of the House of the People.
93. The House of the People shall, as soon as may be, choose two members of the House to be res- pectively Speaker and Deputy Speaker thereof and, so often as the office of Speaker or Deputy Speaker becomes vacant, the House shall choose another member to be Speaker or Deputy Speaker, as the case may be.
94. A member holding office as Speaker or Deputy Speaker of the House of the People—
(a) shall vacate his office if he ceases to be a member of the House of the People;
Vacation and resig- nation of, and remo- val from, the offices nt Spe&ker andx>eputy -Speaker.
(b) may at any time, by writing under his hand addressed, if such member is the Speaker, to the Deputy Speaker, and if such mem- ber is the Deputy Speaker, to the Speaker, resign his office; and
(c) may be removed from his office by a resolu- tion of the House of the People passed by a majority of all the then members of the House:
Provided that no resolution for the purpose of clause (c) shall be moved unless at least fourteen days' notice has been given of the intention to move the resolution:
Provided further that, whenever the House of the People is dissolved, the Speaker shall not vacate his office until immediately before the first meeting of the House of the People after the dissolution.
nm G53BETB OF INDIA BXTBAOBPJNiABY, NOV. M; !MM0 'Mftfl THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA W/W* V.—The Union.—Arts. 95-98.
95. (1) While the office of Speaker is vacant, the duties of the office shall be performed by the Deputy Speaker or, if the office of Deputy Speaker is also vacant, by such member of the House of the People as the President may appoint for the purpose.
Power of the Deploy Speaker or other person to perform the duties of the office of, or to act aat Speaker, (2) During the absence of the Speaker from any sitting of the House of the People the Deputy Speaker or, if he is also absent, such person as may be determined by the rules of procedure of the House, or, if no such person is present, such other person as may be determined by the House, shall act as Speaker.
T he Speaker or the Deputy Speaker not to preside while a resolution for his removal from office is under considera* tlon.
96. (1) At any sitting of the House of the People, while any resolution for the removal of the Speaker from his office is under consideration, the Speaker, or while any resolution for the removal of the Deputy Speaker from his office is under consideration, the Deputy Speaker, shall not, though he is present, pre- side, and the provisions of clause (2) of article 95 shall apply in relation to every such sitting as they apply in relation to a sitting from which the Speaker, or, as the case may be, the Deputy Speaker, is absent.
(2) The Speaker shall have the right to speak in, and otherwise to take part in the proceedings of, the House of the People while any resolution for his removal from office is under consideration in the House and shall, notwithstanding anything in article 100, be entitled to vote only in the first instance on such resolution or on any other matter during such proceedings but not in the case of an equality of votes.
97. There shall be paid to the Chairman and the Deputy Chairman of the Council of States, and to the Speaker and the Deputy Speaker of the House of the People, such salaries and allowances as may be respectively fixed by Parliament by law and, until provision in that behalf is so made, such salaries and allowances as are specified in the Second Schedule.
Salaries and allow* anoes of the Chair- man and Deputy Chairman and the Speaker and Deputy Speaker.
98. (1) Each House of Parliament shall have a
Secretariat of Parlia- ment.
separate secretarial staff:
-2886 THE GAZETTE X3F INDIA EXTBAORDINABY, NOV. 26; 1949 40 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart V.—The Union.—Arts. 98-100.
Provided that nothing in this clause shall be con- strued as preventing the creation of posts common to both Houses of Parliament.
(2) Parliament may by law regulate the recruit- ment, and the conditions of service of persons appointed, to the secretarial staff of either House of Parliament.
(3) Until provision is made by Parliament under clause (2), the President may, after consultation with the Speaker of the House of the People or the Chairman of the Council of States, as the case may be, make rules regulating the recruitment, and the conditions of service of persons appointed, to the secretarial staff of the House of the People or the Council of States, and any rules so made shall have effect subject to the provisions of any law made under the said clause.
Conduct of Business
Oath or affirma- tion by members.
99. Every member of either House of Parliament shall, before taking his seat, make and subscribe before the President, or some person appointed in that behalf by him, an oath or affirmation according to the form set out for the purpose in the Third Schedule.
100. (1) Save as otherwise provided in this Con- stitution, all questions at any sitting of either House or joint sitting of the Houses shall be determined by a majority of votes of the members present and vot- ing, other than the Speaker or person acting as Chairman or Speaker.
Voting in Houses, power of Houses to act not- withstand- ing vacan- •cles and tduorum.
The Chairman or Speaker, or person acting as such, shall not vote in the first instance, but shall have and exercise a casting vote in the case of an equality of votes.
(2) Either House of Parliament shall have power to act notwithstanding any vacancy in the member- ship thereof, and any proceedings in Parliament shall be valid notwithstanding that it is discovered subsequently that some person who was not entitled so to do sat or voted or otherwise took part in the proceedings.
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTEAOBDINAEY, NOV.- 26, 1940- 288*'. THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 41Part V.—The Union.—Arts, IOO-IOI.
(3) Until Parliament by law otherwise provides, the quorum to constitute a meeting of either House of Parliament shall be one-tenth of the total number of members of the House.
(4) If at any time during a meeting of a House there is no quorum, it shall be the duty of the Chair- man or Speaker, or person acting as such, either to adjourn the House or to suspend the meeting until there is a quorum.
Disqualifications of members
Vacation* of seats- 101. (1) No person shall be a member of both Houses of Parliament and provision shall be made by Parliament by law for the vacation by a person who is chosen a member of both Houses 01 his seat in one House or the other.
(2) No person shall be a member both of Parlia- ment and of a House of the Legislature of a State specified in Part A or Part B of the First Schedule, and if a person is chosen a member both of Parlia- ment and of a House of the Legislature of such a State, then, at the expiration of such period as may be specified in rules made by the President, that person's seat in Parliament shall become vacant, un- less he has previously resigned his seat in the Legis- lature of the State.
(3) If a member of either House of Parliament—
(a) becomes subject to any of the disqualifica- tions mentioned in clause (1) of article 102, or
(b) resigns his seat by writing under his hand addressed to the Chairman or the Speaker, as the case may be,
his seat shall thereupon become vacant.
(4) If for a period of sixty days a member of either House of Parliament is without permission of the House absent from all meetings thereof, the House may declare his seat vacant:
Provided that in computing the said period of sixty days no account shall be taken of any period
w tm OAZBOTB w txvu t%tMOwmjm% w>y, m im43 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA Part V.—The Union.—Arts, 101-103.
during which the House is prorogued ov is adjourned for more than four consecutive days.
Disqualifi- cations lor tnember- ihlp.
102. (1) A person shall be disqualified for being chosen as, and for being, a member of either House of Parliament—
(a) if he holds any office of profit under the Government of India or the Government of any State, other than an office declared by Parliament by law not to disqualify its holder;
(b) if he is of unsound mind and stands s"
declared by a competent court;
(c) if he is an undischarged insolvent;
(d) if he is not a citizen of India, or has volun- tarily acquired the citizenship of a foreign State, or is under any acknowledgment of allegiance or adherence to a foreign State;
{e) if fee is so disqwalifod by or under any law
made by Parliament
(2} For the purposes of this article a person shall not be deemed to hold an office of profit under the Government of India or the Government of any State by reason only that he is a Minister either for the Union or for such State.
decision on "Questions fla to dis- • qualifica- tions of '"members.
103. (1) If any question arises as to whether a member of either House of Parliament has become subject to any of the disqualifications mentioned in clause (1) of article 102, the question shall be referred for the decision of the President and his decision shall be final.
(2) Before giving any decision on any such ques- tion, the President shall obtain the opinion of the Election Commission and shall act according to such opinion.
Tttfc QAZ&tTE Of 1WMA "XTB4THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA *3 iWtf F.—The TJnion.—Arts. 104-106.
104. If a person sits or votes as a member of either House of Parliament before he has complied with the requirements of article 99, or when he knows that he is not qualified or that he is disqualified for membership thereof, or that he is prohibited from so doing by the provisions of any law made by Parlia- ment he shall be liable in respect of each day on which he so sits or votes to a penalty of five hundred rupees to be recovered as a debt due to the Union.
Penalty for sitting and voting before making oath or affirmation under article 99 or when not quali- fied or when dis- qualified.
Powers, Privileges and Immunities of Parliament
and its Members
105. (1) Subject to the provisions of this Consti- tution and to the rules and standing orders regulating the procedure of Parliament, there shall be freedom of speech in Parliament.
Powers, privilege!, etc., 01 the Houstl of Parlia- ment and of the membefs and com- mittees thereof.
(2) No member of Parliament shall be liable to any proceedings in any court in respect of anything said or any vote given by him in Parliament or any committee thereof, and no person shall be so liable in respect of $ie publication by or under the authority of either House of Parliament of any report, paper, votes or proceedings.
(3) In other respects, the powers, privileges and ifcnmunities of each House of Parliament, and of the members and the committees df each House, shall be such as may from time to time be denned by Parlia- ment by law, and, until so denned, shall be those of the House of Commons of the Parliament of the United Kingdom, and of its members and committees, at the commencement of this Constitution.
(4) The provisions of clauses (1), (2) and (3) shall apply in relation to persons who by virtue of this Constitution have the right to speak in, and otherwise to take part in the proceedings of, a House of Parliament or any committee thereof as they apply in relation to members of Parliament.
Salaries and allow* ances of memberi.
106. Members of either House of Parliament shall be entitled to receive such salaries and allowances as may from time to time be determined by Parliament toy law and, usrtil 'provision in 'fiiat urefi^ect 4s *© miade,
2890 THE GAZETTE OP INDIA EXTRAOBDINARY, NOV. 26, 1949 44 T HE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart V.—The Union.^Arts. 106-108.
allowances at such rates and upon such conditions as were immediately before the commencement of this Constitution applicable in the case of members of the Constituent Assembly of the Dominion of India.
Legislative Procedure
Provisions as to In- troduction and pass- Ing of Bills.
107. (1) Subject to the provisions of articles 109 and 117 with respect to Money Bills and other finan- cial Bills, a Bill may originate in either House of Parliament.
(2) Subject to the provisions of articles 108 and 109, a Bill shall not be deemed to have been passed by the Houses of Parliament unless it has been agreed to by both Houses, either without amendment or with such amendments only as are agreed to by both Houses.
(3) A Bill pending in Parliament shall not lapse by reason of the prorogation of the Houses.
(4) A Bill pending in the Council of States which has not been passed by the House of the People shall not lapse on a dissolution of the House of the People.
(5) A Bill which is pending in the House of the People, or which having been passed by the House of the People is pending in the Council of States, shall, subject to the provisions of article 108, lapse on a dissolution of the House of the People.
108. (1) If after a Bill has been passed by one House and transmitted to the other House—
(a) the Bill is rejected by the other House; or Joint sit- ting of both Houses in certain cases.
(b) the Houses have finally disagreed as to the
amendments to be made in the Bill; or
(c) more than six months elapse from the date of the reception of the Bill by the other House without the Bill being passed by it,
the President may, unless the Bill has lapsed by reason of a dissolution of the House of the People, notify to
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY, NOV. 2ff, 194,9 . 20^1 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 45Part V.—The Union.—Art. 108.
the Houses by message if they are sitting or by public notification if they are not sitting, his intention to summon them to meet in a joint sitting for the purpose of deliberating and voting on the Bill:
Provided that nothing in this clause shall apply to
a Money Bill.
(2) In reckoning any such period of six months as is referred to in clause (1), no account shall be taken of any period during which the House referred to in sub-clause (c) of that clause is prorogued or adjourn- ed for more than four consecutive days.
(3) Where the President has under ' clause (1) notified his intention of summoning the Houses to meet in a joint sitting, neither House shall proceed further with the Bill, but the President may at any time after the date of his notification summon the Houses to meet in a joint sitting for the purpose specified in the notifica- tion and, if he does so, the Houses shall meet accord- ingly.
(4) If at the joint sitting of the two Houses the Bill, with such amendments, if any, as are agreed to in joint sitting, is passed by a majority of the total number of members of both Houses present and voting, it shall be deemed for the purposes of this Constitution to have been passed by both Houses:
Provided that at a joint sitting—
(a) if the Bill, having been passed by one House, has not been passed by the other House with amendments and returned to the House in which it originated, no amend- ment shall be proposed to the Bill other than such amendments (if any) as are made necessary by the delay in the passage of the Bill;
(b) if the Bill has been so passed and returned, only such amendments as aforesaid shall be proposed to the Bill and such other amendments as are relevant to the mat- ters with respect to which the Houses have not agreed;
KM Qtt&,GArmTB (W mm\ EXTRAOMfilNABX, . NCW-L Sff, 1*1946 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA Part V.—The Union.—Arts. 108-109.
and the decision of the person presiding as to the amendments which are admissible under this clause shall be final.
(5) A joint sitting may be held under this article and a Bill passed thereat, notwithstanding that a dis- solution of the House of the People has intervened1 since the President notified his intention to summon the Houses to meet therein.
109. (1) A Money Bill shall not be introduced in the Council of States.
Special procedure In respect of Money Bills.
(2) After a Money Bill has been passed by the House of the People it shall be transmitted to the Council of States for its recommendations and the Council of States shall within a period of fourteen days from the date of its receipt of the Bill return the Bill to the House of the People with its recommenda- tions and the House of the People may thereupon either accept or reject all or any of the recommenda- tions of the Council of States.
(3) If the House of the People accepts any of the recommendations of the Council of States, the Money Bill shall be deemed to have been passed by both Houses with the amendments recommended by the Council of States and accepted by the House of the People.
(4) If the House of the People does not accept any of the recommendations of the Council of States, the Money Bill shall be deemed to have been passed by both Houses in the form in which it was passed by the House of the People without any of the amend- ments recommended by the Council of States.
(5) If a Money Bill passed by the House of the People and transmitted to the Council of States for its recommendations is not returned to the House of the People within the said period of fourteen days, it shall be deemed to have been passed by both Houses at the expiration of the said period in the form in which it was passed by the House of the People.
^PHE GSZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY, NOV. 26, 1949 2898 •THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 47 Part V.—The Union.—Art. n o.
Definition of "Money Bills".
110. (i) For the purposes of this Chapter, a Bill shall be deemed to be a Money Bill if it contains only provisions dealing with all or any of the following matters, namely—
(a) the imposition, abolition, remission, altera-
tion or regulation of any tax;
(6) the regulation of the borrowing of money or the giving of any guarantee by the Govern- ment of India, or the amendment of the law with respect to any financial obliga- tions undertaken or to be undertaken by the Government of India;
(c) the custody of the Consolidated Fund or the Contingency Fund of India, the payment of moneys into or the withdrawal of moneys from any such Fund ;
(d) the appropriation of moneys out of the
Consolidated Fund of India;
(e) the declaring of any expenditure to be expenditure charged on the Consolidated Fund of India or the increasing of the amount of any such expenditure;
(/) the receipt of money on account of the Con- solidated Fund of India or the public account of India or the custody or issue of such money or the audit of the accounts of the Union or of a State; or
(g) any matter incidental to any of the matters specified in sub-clauses (a) to (/).
(2) A Bill shall not be deemed to be a Money Bill by reason only that it provides for the imposition of fines or other pecuniary penalties, or for the demand or payment of fees for licences or fees for services rendered, or by reason that it provides for the im- position, abolition, remission, alteration or regulation of any tax by any local authority or body for local purposes.
(3) If any question arises whether a Bill is a Money Bill or not, the decision of the Speaker of the House of the People thereon shall be final.
3894 T&& GAZETTE OF' INDIA EXTBAORIMNABY, NOV.1 36, 1049 48 THE CONSTitUTlON OF INDIAPart V.—The Union.—Arts, no-112.
(4) There shall be endorsed on every Money Bill when it is transmitted to the Council of States urider article 109, and when it is presented to the President for assent under article 111, the certificate of the Speaker of the House of the People signed by him that it is a Money Bill.
Assent to Bills.
i l l. When a Bill has been passed by the Houses of Parliament, it shall be presented to the President, and the President shall declare either that he assents to the Bill, or that he withholds assent therefrom:
Provided that the President may, as soon as possible after the presentation to him of a Bill for assent, return the Bill if it is not a Money Bill to the Houses with a message requesting that they will reconsider the Bill or any specified provisions thereof and, in particular, will consider the desirability of introducing any such amendments as he may recommend in his message, and when a Bill is so returned, the Houses shall reconsider the Bill accordingly, and if the Bill is passed again by the Houses with or without amendment and presented to the President for assent, the President shall not with- hold assent therefrom.
Procedure in financial matters
Annual fin- ancial statement.
112. (1) The President shall in respect of every financial year cause to be laid before both the Houses of Parliament a statement of the estimated receipts and expenditure of the Government of India for that year, in this Part referred to as the "annual financial state- ment".
(2) The estimates of expenditure embodied in the annual financial statement shall show separately—
{a) the sums required to meet expenditure des- cribed by this Constitution as expenditure charged upon the Consolidated Fund of India; and
(b) the sums required to meet other expenditure proposed to be made from the Consolidated Fund of India,
and shall distinguish expenditure on revenue account from other expenditure.
THE THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 40P a^ V.—The Union.—Art. 112.
(3) The following expenditure shall be expenditure
charged on the Consolidated Fund of India—
{a) the emoluments and allowances of the Presi- dent and other expenditure relating to his office;
(b) the salaries and allowances of the Chairman and the Deputy Chairman of the Council of States and the Speaker and the Deputy Speaker of the House of the People ;
(c) debt chains for which the Government of India is liable including interest sinking fund charges and redemption charges, and other expenditure relating to the raising of loans and the service and redemption of debt;
{d) (i) the salaries, allowances and pensions payable to or in respect of Judges of the Supreme Court;
(w) the pensions payable to or in respect of
Judges of the Federal Court;
(Hi) the pensions payable to or in respect of Judges of any High Court which exercises jurisdiction in relation to any area included in the territory of India or which at any time before the commencement of this Constitution exercised jurisdiction in rela- tion to any area included in a Province corresponding to a State specified in Part A of the First Schedule;
(e) the salary, allowances and pension payable to or in respect of the Comptroller and Auditor-General of India;
(/) any sums required to satisfy any judgment, decree or award of any court or arbitral tribunal;
(g) any other expenditure declared by this Con- stitution or by Parliament by law to be so charged.
3890 Tffl^ GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAOBDINABY, NOV. 26, 1949 B0 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart V.—The Union.—Arts. 113-114.
Procedure in Parlia- ment with respect to estimates.
113. (1) So much of the estimates as relates to ex- penditure charged upon the Consolidated Fund of India shall^ not be submitted to the vote of Parliament, but nothing in this clause shall be construed as preventing the discussion in either House of Parliament of any of those estimates.
(2) So much of the said estimates as relates to other expenditure shall be submitted in the form of demands for grants to the House of the People, and the House of the People shall have power to assent, or to refuse to assent, to any demand, or to assent to any demand subject to a reduction of the amount specified therein.
(3) No demand for a grant shall be made except on the recommendation of the President.
Appropria- tion Bills.
114. (1) As soon as may be after the grants under article 113 have been made by the House of the People, there shall be introduced a Bill to provide for the appropriation out of the Consolidated Fund of India of all moneys required to meet—
(a) the grants so made by the House of the
People; and
(b) the expenditure charged on the Consolidated Fund of India but not exceeding in any case the amount shown in the statement previ- ously laid before Parliament.
(2) No amendment shall be proposed to any such Bill in either House of Parliament which will have the effect of varying the amount or altering the destination of any grant so made or of varying the amount of any expenditure charged on the Consolidated Fund of India, and the decision of the person presiding as to whether an amendment is inadmissible under this clause shall be final.
(3) Subject to the provisions of articles 115 and 116, no money shall be withdrawn from the Consoli- dated Fund of India except under appropriation made by law passed in accordance with the provisions of this article.
T HE GAZETTE OP INDIA EXTBAOBDINABY, NOV. 26, 1949 289*7 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 51Part V.—The Union.—Arts. 115-116.
115. (1) The President shall—
Supple- mentary, additional or excess grants.
(a) if the amount authorised by any law made in accordance with the provisions of article 114 to be expended for a particular service for the current financial year is found to be insufficient for the purposes of that year or when a need has arisen during the current financial year for supplementary or addi- tional expenditure upon some new service not contemplated in the annual financial statement for that year, or
(b) if any money has been spent on any service during a financial year in excess of the amount granted for that service and for that year,
cause to be laid before both the Houses of Parliament another statement showing the estimated amount of that expenditure or cause to be presented to the House of the People a demand for such excess, as the case may be.
(2) The provisions of articles 112, 113 and 114 shall have effect in relation to any such statement and expenditure or demand and also to any law to be made authorising the appropriation of moneys out of the Consolidated Fund of India to meet such expenditure or the grant in respect of such demand as they have effect in relation to the annual financial statement and the expenditure mentioned therein or to a demand for a grant and the law to be made for the authorisation of appropriation of moneys out of the Consolidated Fund of India to meet such expenditure or grant.
116. (1) Notwithstanding anything in the fore- going provisions of this Chapter, the House of the People shall have power—
Votes on account, votes of credit and exceptional grants.
(a) to make any grant in advance in respect of the estimated expenditure for a part of any financial year pending the completion of the procedure prescribed in article 113 for the voting of such grant and the passing of the law in accordance with the provisions of article 114 in relation to that expenditure;
28W THE GAZETTE OP INDIA EXTBAOBDINARY, NOV. 29, 194& 52 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart V.—The Union.—Arts. 116-117.
(b) to make a grant for meeting an unexpected! demand upon the resources of India when on account of the magnitude or the indefi- nite character of the service the demand: cannot be stated with the details ordinarily given in an annual financial statement ;
(c) to make an exceptional grant which forms no part of the current service of any financial year;
and Parliament shall have power to authorise by law the withdrawal of moneys from the Consolidated Fund of India for the purposes for which the said grants are made.
(2) The provisions of articles 113 and 114 shall have effect in relation to the making of any grant under clause (1) and to any law to be made under that clause- as they have effect in relation to the making of a grant with regard to any expenditure mentioned in the annual financial statement and the law to be made for the authorisation of appropriation of moneys out of the Consolidated Fund of India to meet such expenditure.
Special provisions as to financial Bills.
117. (T) A Bill or amendment making provision for any of trie matters specified in sub-clauses (a) to (/) of clause (1) of article no shall not be introduced or moved except on the recommendation of the President and a Bill making such provision shall not be intro- duced in the Council of States:
Provided that no recommendation shall be required under this clause for the moving of an amendment making provision for the reduction or abolition of any tax.
(2) A Bill or amendment shall not be deemed to- make provision for any of the matters aforesaid by reason only that it provides for the imposition of fines or other pecuniary penalties, or for the demand or payment of fees for licences or fees for services ren- dered, or by reason that it provides for the imposition, abolition, remission, alteration or regulation of any tax by any local authority or body for local purposes.
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY, NOV. 26, 1949 28'89 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 53Part V.—The Union.—Arts. 117-120.
(3) A Bill which, if enacted and brought into 'Operation, would involve expenditure from the Consoli- dated Fund of India shall not be passed by either House of Parliament unless the President ha;S recom- mended to that House the consideration of the Bill.
Procedure Generally
Rules of procedure.
118. (1) Each House of Parliament may make rules for regulating, subject to the provisions of this Consti- tution, its procedure and the conduct of its business.
(2) Until rules are made under clause (1), the rules of procedure and standing orders in force immediately before the commencement of this Constitution with respect to the Legislature of the Dominion of India -shall have effect in relation to Parliament subject to such modifications and adaptations as may be made therein by the Chairman of the Council of States or the Speaker of the House of the People, as the case may be.
(3) The President, after consultation with the •Chairman of thle Council of States and the Speaker of the House of the People, may make rules as to the procedure with respect to, joint sittings of, and commu- nications between, the two Houses.
(4) At a joint sitting of the two Houses the "Speaker of the House of the People, or in his absence such person as may be determined by rules of proce- dure made under clause (3), shall preside.
Regulation by law of procedure in Parlia- ment In relation to finan- cial busi- ness.
119. Parliament may, for the purpose of the timely completion of financial business, regulate by law the procedure of, and the conduct of business in, each House of Parliament in relation to any financial matter or to any Bill for the appropriation of moneys out of the Consolidated Fund of India, and, if and so far as any provision of any law so made is inconsistent with any rule made by a House of Parliament UTKW clause (1) •of article 118 or with any rule or standing order having effect in relation to Parliament under clause (2) of that article, such provision shall prevail.
Language to be used in Parlia- ment.
120. (1) Notwithstanding anything in Part XVII, but subject to the provisions of article 348, business in Parliament shall be transacted in Hindi or in English:
2400 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY, NOV. 26, 1949 64 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart V.—The Union.—Arts. 120-123.
Provided that the Chairman of the Council of States or Speaker of the House of the People, or person acting as such, as the case may be, may permit any member who cannot adequately express himself in Hindi or in English to address the House in his mother tongue.
(2) Unless Parliament by law otherwise provides, this article shall, after the expiration of a period of fifteen years from the commencement of this Cons- titution, have effect as if the words "or in English" were omitted therefrom.
Restriction on discus- sion in Parlia- ment.
121. No discussion shall take place in Parlia- ment with respect to the conduct of any Judge of the Supreme Court or of a High Court in the discharge of his duties except upon a motion for presenting an address to the President praying for the removal of the Judge as hereinafter provided.
122. (1) The validity of any proceedings in Par- liament shall not be called in question on the ground of any alleged irregularity of procedure.
Courts not to inquire into pro- ceedings of Parlia- ment.
(2) No officer or member of Parliament in whom powers are vested by or under this Constitu- tion for regulating procedure or the conduct of busi- ness, or for maintaining order, in Parliament shall be subject to the jurisdiction of any court in respect of the exercise by him of those powers.
CHAPTER III.—LEGISLATIVE POWERS OF THE PRESIDENT
123. (1) If at any time, except when both Houses of Parliament are in session, the President is satisfied that circumstances exist which render it necessary for him to take immediate action, he may promul- gate such Ordinances as the circumstances appear to him to require.
Power of President to promul- gate Ordi- nances during recess of Parlia- ment.
(2) An Ordinance promulgated under this article shall have the same force and effect as an Act of Parliament, but every such Ordinance—
(a) shall be laid before both Houses of Parlia- ment and shall cease to operate at the-
_mE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAOBDINAEY, NOV^ 26, 1049 2£01THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 60 Part V.—The Union.—Arts. 123-124.
expiration of six weeks from the re- assembly of Parliament, or, if before the expiration of that period resolutions dis- approving it are passed by both Houses, upon the passing of the second of those resolutions; and
(&) may be withdrawn at any time by the
President.
Explanation.—Where the Houses of Parliament tire summoned to reassemble on different dates, the period of six weeks shall be reckoned from the later of those dates for the purposes of this clause.
(3) If and so far as an Ordinance under this article makes any provision which Parliament would not under this Constitution be competent to enact, it shall be void.
CHAPTER IV.—THE UNION JUDICIARY
Establish- ment and constitu- tion of Supreme Court 124. (1) There shall be a Supreme Court of India •consisting of a Chief Justice of India and, until Parlia- ment by law prescribes a larger number, of not more than seven other Judges.
(2) Every Judge of the Supreme Court shall be appointed by the President by warrant under his hand and seal after consultation with such of the Judges of the Supreme Court and of the High Courts in the States as the President may deem necessary for the purpose and shall hold ofhee until he attains the age of sixty-five years:
Provided that in the case of appointment of a Judge other than the Chief Justice, the Chief Justice of India shall always be consulted:
Provided further that—
(a) a Judge may, by writing under his hand addressed to the President, resign his office:
2K)fr TSm Cb^ZIOTE OF INDIA EXUmOIff^ARY, W>V, Jtp, fttfL66 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA Part V.—Tfte Union.—Art. 124.
(&) a Judge may be removed from his office in the manner provided in clause (4).
(3) A person shall not be qualified for appoint- ment as a Judge of the Supreme Court unless he is a citizen of India and—
(a) has been for at least five years a Judge of a High Court or of two or more such Courts in succession; or
(b) has been for at least ten years an advocate? of a High Court or of two or more such Courts in succession; or
(c) is, in the opinion of the President, a distin-
guished jurist.
Explanation /.—In. this clause "High Court"" means a High Court which exercises, or which at any time before the commencement of this Constitu- tion exercised, jurisdiction in any part of the terri- tory of India.
Explanation II.—In computing for the purpose of this clause the period during which a person has been an advocate, any period during which a person has held judicial ofhce not inferior to that of a district judge after he became an advocate shall be included.
(4) A Judge of the Supreme Court shall not be removed from his office except by an order of the President passed after an address by each House of Parliament supported by a majority of the total membership of that House and by a majority of not less than two-thirds of the members of that House present and voting has been presented to the Presi- dent in the same session for such removal on the ground of proved misbehaviour or incapacity.
(5) Parliament may by law regulate the proce- dure for the presentation of an address and for the investigation and proof of the misbehaviour or incapacity of a Judge under clause (4).
(6) Every person appointed to be a Judge of the Supreme Court shall, before he enters upon his
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTBAOKDINAEY, NOV. 26, 1949 2408 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 57Part V.—The Union.—Arts. 124-127.
office, make and subscribe before the President, or some person appointed in that behalf by him, an oath or affirmation according to the form set out for the purpose in the Third Schedule.
(7) No person who has held office as a Judge of the Supreme Court shall plead or act in any court or before any authority within the territory of India.
Salaries, etc of Judges.
125. (1) There shall be paid to the Judges of the Supreme Court such salaries as are specified in the Second Schedule.
(2) Every Judge shall be entitled to such privi- leges and allowances and to such rights in respect of leave of absence and pension as may from time to time be determined by or under law made by Parlia- ment and, until so determined, to such privileges, allowances and rights as are specified in the Second Schedule:
Provided that neither the privileges nor the allowances of a Judge nor his rights in respect of leave of absence or pension shall be varied to his disadvantage after his appointment.
126. When the office of Chief Justice of India is Appoint- ment of acting Chief Justice.
vacant or when the Chief Justice is, by reason of absence or otherwise, unable to perform the duties of his office, the duties of the office shall be per- formed by such one of the other Judges of the Court as the President may appoint for the purpose.
Appoint-
ment of
ad hoc
Judges.
127. (1) If at any time there should not be a quorum of the Judges of the Supreme Court avail- able to hold or continue any session of the Court, the Chief Justice of India may, with the previous consent of the President and after consultation with the Chief Justice of the High Court concerned, request in writing the attendance at the sittings of the Court, as an ad hoc Judge, for such period as may be necessary, of a Judge of a High Court duly qualified for appointment as a Judge of the Sup- reme Court to be designated by the Chief Justice of India.
2404 I KE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAOBDINARY, NOV. 28, 1949 68 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart V.—The Union.—Arts. 127-131.
(2) It shall be the duty of the Judge who has been so designated, in priority to other duties of his office, to attend the sittings of the Supreme Court at the time and for the period for which his attend- ance is required, and while so attending he shall have all the jurisdiction, powers and privileges, and shall discharge the duties, of a Judge of the Supreme Court.
Attendance of retired Judges at sittings of the Supreme Court.
128. Notwithstanding anything in this Chapter, the Chief Justice of India may at any time, with the previous consent of the President, request any person who has held the office of a Judge of the Supreme Court or of the Federal Court to sit and act as a Judge of the Supreme Court, and every such person so requested shall, while so sitting and acting, be entitled to such allowances as the President may by order determine and have all the jurisdiction, powers and privileges of, but shall not otherwise be deemed to be, a Judge of that Court:
Provided that nothing in this article shall be deemed to require any such person as aforesaid to sit and act as a Judge of that Court unless he con- sents so to do.
Supreme Court to be a court of record.
129. The Supreme Court shall be a court of re- cord and shall have all the powers of such a court including the power to punish for contempt of itself.
Seat of Supreme Court.
130. The Supreme Court shall sit in Delhi or in such other place or places, as the Chief Justice of India may, with the approval of the President, from time to time, appoint.
Original Jurisdiction of the Supreme Court.
131. Subject to the provisions of this Constitu- tion, the Supreme Court shall, to the exclusion of any other court, have original jurisdiction in any dispute—
(a) between the Government of India and one
or more States; or
(6) between the Government of India and any State or States on one side and one or more other States on the other; or
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTBAOEDINAEY, NOV. 26, 1949 2405 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 59Part V.—The Union.—Arts. 131-132.
(c) between two or more States,
if and in so far as the dispute involves any question (whether of law or fact) on which the existence or extent of a legal right depends:
Provided that the said jurisdiction shall not.
extend to—
(t) a dispute to which a State specified in Part B of the First Schedule is a party, if the dispute arises out of any provision of a treaty, agreement, covenant, engage- ment, sanad or other similar instrument which was entered into or executed before the commencement of this Consti- tution and has, or has been, continued in operation after such commencement;
(it) a dispute to which any State is a party, it the dispute arises out of any provision of a treaty, agreement, covenant, en- gagement, sanad or other similar instru- ment which provides that the said juris- diction shall not extend to such a dispute.
132. (1) An appeal shall lie to the Supreme Court from any judgment, decree or final order of a Hi^h Court in the territory of India, whether in a civil, criminal or other proceeding, if the High Court certifies that the case involves a substantial question of law as to the interpretation of this Constitution.
Appellate Jurisdiction of Supreme Court In appeals from Hlilv Courts in certain cases.
(2) Where the High Court has refused to give such a certificate, the Supreme Court may, if it is satisfied that the case involves a substantial ques- tion of law as to the interpretation of this Constitu- tion, grant special leave to appeal from such judg- ment, decree or final order.
(3) Where such a certificate is given, or such leave is granted, any party in the case may appeal to the Supreme Court on the ground that any such question as aforesaid has been wrongly decided and, with the leave of the Supreme Court, on any other ground.
2406 T HE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY, NOV. 26, 1&49 00 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart V.—The Union.—Arts. 132-133.
Explanation.—For the purposes of this article, the expression "final order" includes an order decid- ing an issue which, if decided in favour of the appel- lant, would be sufficient for the final disposal of the case.
133. (1) An appeal shall lie to the Supreme Court from any judgment, decree or final order in a civil' proceeding of a High Court in the territory of India if the High Court certifies—
Appellate jurisdic- tion of Supreme Court In appeals from High Courts In regard to civil matters.
(a) that the amount or value of the subject- matter of the dispute in the court of first instance and still in dispute on appeal was and is not less than twenty thousand rupees or such other sum as may be specified in that behalf by Parliament by law; or
(b) that the judgment, decree or final order irir volves directly or indirectly some claim or question respecting property of the like amount or value; or
(c) that the case is a fit one for appeal to the
Supreme Court;
and, where the judgment, decree or final order appealed from affirms the decision of the court immediately below in any case other than a case referred to in sub-clause (c), if the High Court fur- ther certifies that the appeal involves some substan- tial question of law.
(2) Notwithstanding anything in article 132, any party appealing to the Supreme Court under clause (1) may urge as one of the grounds in such appeal that a substantial question of law as to the inter- pretation of this Constitution has been wrongly decided.
(3) Notwithstanding anything in this article, no appeal shall, unless Parliament by law otherwise provides, lie to the Supreme Court from the judg- ment, decree or final order of one Judge of a High Court
$HE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTBAOEDINAEY, NOV. -26, 1949 J "P THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 01Part V.^The Union.—Arts. 134-136.
134. (1) An appeal shall lie to the Supreme Court from any judgment, final order or sentence in a criminal proceeding of a High Court in the terri- tory of India if the High Court—
Appellate jurisdic- tion of Supreme Court in regard to criminal mptters.
(a) has on appeal reversed an order of acquittal of an accused person and sentenced him to death; or
(b) has withdrawn for trial before itself any case from any court subordinate to its autho- rity and has in such trial convicted the accused person and sentenced him to death; or
(c) certifies that the case is a fit one for appeal
to the Supreme Court:
Provided that an appeal under sub-clause (c) shall lie subject to such provisions as may be made in that behalf under clause (1) of article 145 and to such conditions as the High Court may establish or require.
(2) Parliament may by law confer on the Sup- reme Court any further powers to entertain and hear appeals from any judgment, final order or sentence in a criminal proceeding of a High Court in the territory of India subject to such conditions and limitations as may be specified in such law.
Jurisdic- tion and powers of the Federal Court under ex- isting law to be exer- cisable by the Supreme Court.
135. Until Parliament by law otherwise provides, the Supreme Court shall also have jurisdiction and powers with respect to any matter to which the provi- sions of article 133 or article 134 do not apply if juris- diction and powers in relation to that matter were exercisable by the Federal Court immediately before the commencement of this Constitution under any existing law.
Special leave to appfeal by the Supreme Court.
136. (1) Notwithstanding anything in this Chap- ter, the Supreme Court may, in its discretion, grant special leave to appeal from any judgment, decree, determination, sentence or order in any cause or matter passed or made by any court or tribunal in the territory of India.
2 4 0 8 ^0 GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY, NOV. 26, 1949 02 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart V.—The Union.—Arts. 136-141.
(2) Nothing in clause (1) shall apply to any judgment, determination, sentence or order passed or made by any court or tribunal constituted by or under any law relating to the Armed Forces.
Review of judgments or orders by the Supreme -Court.
137. Subject to the provisions of any law made by Parliament or any rules made under article 145, the Supreme Court shall have power to review any judgment pronounced or order made by it.
"Enlarge- ment of the jurisdic- tion of the Supreme
iCowrt.
138. (1) The Supreme Court shall have such fur- ther jurisdiction and powers with respect to any of the matters in the Union List as Parliament may by law confer.
(2) The Supreme Court shall have such further jurisdiction and powers with respect to any matter -as the Government of India and the Government of any State may by special agreement confer, if Parliament by law provides for the exercise of such jurisdiction and powers by the Supreme Court.
139. Parliament may by law confer on the Supreme Court power to issue directions, orders or writs, including writs in the nature of habeas corpus, mandamus, prohibition, quo warranto and certiorari, or any of them, for any purposes other than those mentioned in clause (2) of article 32.
Confer- ment on the Supreme Court of powers to issue certain writs.
Ancillary powers ol Supreme Court.
140. Parliament may by law make provision for conferring upon the Supreme Court such supple- mental powers not inconsistent with any of the pro- visions of this Constitution as may appear to be necessary or desirable for the purpose of enabling the Court more effectively to exercise the jurisdic- tion conferred upon it by or under this Constitution.
141. The law declared by the Supreme Court shall be binding on all courts within the territory of India.
Law de- clared by Supreme Court to be bind- ing on all •courtB.
TEE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAOBDINABY, NOV. 26, 1949 2*09 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 63Part V.—The Union.—Arts. 142-145.
Enforce- ment of decrees and orders of Supreme Court and orders as to dis- covery, etc. 142. (1) The Supreme Court in the exercise of its jurisdiction may pass such decree or make such order as is necessary for doing complete justice in any cause or matter pending before it, and any decree so passed or order so made shall be enforce- able throughout the territory of India in such manner as may be prescribed by or under any law made by Parliament and, until provision in that behalf is so made, in such manner as the President may by order prescribe.
(2) Subject to the provisions of any law made in this behalf by Parliament, the Supreme Court shall, as respects the whole of the territory of India, have all and every power to make any order for the purpose of securing the attendance of any per- son, the discovery or production of any documents, or the investigation or punishment of any contempt of itself.
Power of President to consult Supreme Court.
143. (1) If at any time it appears to the Presi- dent that a question of law or fact has arisen, or is likely to arise, which is of such a nature and of such public importance that it is expedient to obtain the opinion of the Supreme Court upon it, he may refer the question to that Court for consideration and the Court may, after such hearing as it thinks fit, report to the President its opinion thereon.
(2) The President may, notwithstanding any- thing in clause (i) of the proviso to article 131, refer a dispute of the kind mentioned in the said clause to the Supreme Court for opinion and the Supreme Court shall, after such hearing as it thinks fit, report to the President its opinion thereon.
144. All authorities, civil and judicial, in the territory of India shall act in aid of the Supreme Court.
Civil and judicial authorities tOACtts aid of the Supreme Court
145. (1) Subject to the provisions of any law Rules of Court, etc. made by Parliament, the Supreme Court may from time to time, with the approval of the President,
2410 TftE GAZETTE OF TNTJIA EXTBAORT)TN>ABY, WOVl 26, l**tf> 64 THET CONSTITUTION OF 1WBIAPart V.—The Union.—Art. 145.
make rule's for regulating generally 'the practice and procedure of the Court including—
(a) rules as to the persons practising before the
Court;
(&) rules as to the procedure for hearing appeals- and other matters pertaining to appeals including the time within which appeals, to the Court are to be entered;
(c) rules as to the proceedings in the Court for the enforcement of any of the rights con- ferred by Part III;
yd) rules as to the entertainment of appeals under sub-clause (c) of clause (1) of arti- cle 134;
(e) rules as to the conditions subject to whicfr any judgment pronounced or order made by the Court may be reviewed and the procedure for such review including the time within which applications to the Court for such review are to be entered;
(/) rules as to the costs of and incidental to any proceedings in the Court and as to the fees to be charged in respect of proceed- ings therein;
(g) rules as to the granting of bail;
(h) rules as to stay of proceedings;
(i) rules providing for the summary determina- tion of any appeal which appears to the Court to be frivolous or vexatious or brought for the purpose of delay;
(j) rules as to the procedure for inquiries referred
to in clause (1) of article 317.
(2) Subject to the provisions of clause (3), rules made under this article may fix the minimum num- ber of Judges who are to sit for any purpose, and may provide for the powers of single Judges and Division Courts.
(3) The minimum number of Judges who are to sit for the purpose of deciding any case involving a^stlbstantial question of law as to the interpreta-
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAOBDINARY, NOV. 26, 1949 2£11 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 63Part V.—The Union.—Arts. 145-146.
tion of this Constitution or for the purpose of hear- ing any reference under article 143 shall be five:
Provided that where the Court hearing an appeal
under any of the provisions of this Chapter other than article 132 consists of less than five Judges and in the course of the hearing of the appeal the Court is satisfied that the appeal involves a substantial question of law as to the interpretation of this Cons- titution the determination of which is necessary for the disposal of the appeal, such Court shall refer the question for opinion to a Court constituted as requi- red by this clause for the purpose of deciding any case involving such a question and shall on receipt of the opinion dispose of the appeal in conformity with such opinion,
(4) No judgment shall be delivered by the Supreme Court save in open Court, and no report shall be made under article 143 save in accordance with an opinion also delivered in open Court.
(5) No judgment and no such opinion shall be delivered by the Supreme Court save with the con- currence of a majority of the Judges present at the hearing of the case, but nothing in this clause shall be deemed to prevent a Judge who does not concur from delivering a dissenting judgment or opinion.
146. (1) Appointments of officers and servants ol
the Supreme Court shall be made by the Chief Justice of India or such other Judge or officer of the Court as he may direct:
Officers and servants and the exp"n*ei of ttat Supreme Court.
Provided that the President may by rule require that in such cases as may be specified in the rule, no person not already attached to the Court shall be appointed to any office connected with the Court, save after consultation with the Union Public Ser- vice Commission.
(2) Subject to the provisions of any law made by Parliament, the conditions of service of officers and servants of the Supreme Court shall be such as may
3412 33HE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTEAOKDINABY, NOV. 26, 1949 66 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart V.—The Union.—Arts. 146-148.
be prescribed by rules made by the Chief Justice of India or by some other Judge or officer of the Court authorised by the Chief Justice of India to make rules for the purpose:
Provided that the rules made under this clause shall, so far as they relate to salaries, allowances, leave or pensions, require the approval of the Presi- dent.
(3) The administrative expenses of the Supreme Court, including all salaries, allowances and pen- sions payable to or in respect of the officers and servants of the Court, shall be charged upon the Consolidated Fund of India, and any fees or other moneys taken by the Court shall form part of that Fund.
Interpreta- tion.
147. In this Chapter and in Chapter V of Part VI, references to any substantial question of law as to the interpretation of this Constitution shall be construed as including references to any substantial question of law as to the interpretation of the Gov- ernment of India Act, 1935 (including any enact- ment amending or supplementing that Act), or of any Order in Council or order made thereunder, or of the Indian Independence Act, 1947, or of any order made thereunder.
CHAPTER V.—COMPTROLLER AND AUDITOR-GENERAL OF INDIA
Comp- troller and Auditor- General of India.
148. (1) There shall be a Comptroller and Auditor- General of India who shall be appointed by the President by warrant under his hand and seal and shall only be removed from office in like manner and on the like grounds as a Judge of the Supreme Court.
(2) Every person appointed to be the Comp- troller and Auditor-General of India shall, before he enters upon his office, make and subscribe before the President, or some person appointed in that behalf by him, an oath or affirmation according to the form set out for the purpose in the Third Schedule.
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTEAOEDINAEY, NOV. 26, 1&40 ?41& THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 67Part V.—The Union.—Arts. 148-149.
(3) The salary and other conditions of service of the Comptroller and Auditor-General shall be such as may be determined by Parliament by law and, until they are so determined, shall be as specified in the Second Schedule:
Provided that neither the salary of a Comptrol- ler and Auditor-General nor his rights in respect of leave of absence, pension or age of retirement shall be varied to his disadvantage after his appointment.
(4) The Comptroller and Auditor-General shall not be eligible for further office either under the Gov- ernment of India or under the Government of any State after he has ceased to hold his office.
(5) Subject to the provisions of this Constitution and of any law made by Parliament, the conditions of service of persons serving in the Indian Audit and Accounts Department and the administrative powers of the Comptroller and Auditor-General shall be such as may be prescribed by rules made by the President after consultation with the Comptroller and Auditor- General.
(6) The administrative expenses of the office of the Comptroller and Auditor-General, including all salaries, allowances and pensions payable to or in respect of persons serving in that office, shall be charged upon the Consolidated Fund of India.
Duties and powers of the Comp- troller and Auditor- General.
149. The Comptroller and Auditor-General shall perform such duties and exercise such powers in relation to the accounts of the Union and of the States and of any other authority or body as may be prescribed by or under any law made by Parlia- ment and, until provision in that behalf is so made, shall perform such duties and exercise such powers in relation to the accounts of the Union and of the States as were conferred on or exercisable by the Auditor-General of India immediately before the commencement of this Constitution in relation to the accounts of the Dominion of India and of the Pro- vinces respectively.
•3414 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTBAOBDINARY, NOV. 26, 1949 68 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart V.—The Union.—Arts. 150-151.
150. The accounts of the Union and of the States shall be kept in such form as the Comptroller and Auditor-General of India may, with the approval of the President, prescribe.
Power of Comp- troller and Auditor- General to give directions as to •accounts. Audit reports.
151. (1) The reports of the Comptroller and Auditor-General of India relating to the accounts of the Union shall be submitted to the President, who shall cause them to be laid before each House of Parliament.
(2) The reports of the Comptroller and Auditor- General of India relating to the accounts of a State shall be submitted to the Governor or Rajpra- mukh of the State, who shall cause them to be laid before the Legislature of the State.
^m <&&mm® ,"W JNIWA "XE"&AQiRIHNAB.Y, NOV. £6, M"&' 2U&
PART VI
THE STATES IN PART A OF THE FIRST SCHEDULE
CHAPTER I.—GENERAL
Definition.
152. In this Part, unless the context otherwise requires, the expression "State" means a State speci- fied in Part A' of the First Schedule.
CHAPTER II.—THE EXECUTIVE
The Governor
153. There shall be a Governor for each State. Governors of States,
Executive power of State 154. (i) The executive power of the State shall be vested in the Governor and shall be exercised by him either directly or through officers subordinate to him in accordance with this Constitution.
(2) Nothing in this article shall—
(a) be deemed to transfer to the Governor any functions conferred by any existing law on any other authority; or
(6) prevent Parliament or the Legislature of the State from conferring by law functions on any authority subordinate to the Gov- ernor.
155. The Governor of a State shall be appointed Appoint- ment of Governor.
by the President by warrant under his hand and seal.
156. (1) The Governor shall hold office during the
pleasure of the President.
Term of office of Governor,
(2) The Governor may, by writing- under his
hand addressed to the President, resign his office.
(3) Subject to the foregoing provisions of this article, a Governor shall hold office for a term of five years from the date on which he enters upon his office:
Provided that a Governor shall, notwithstanding the expiration of his term, continue to hold office until his successor enters upon his office.
3&Q T5CE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTEAORDINAEY, NOV^ 26, 1949 70 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart VI.—The States in Part A of the First Schedule.—Arts. 157-159.
157. No person shall be eligible for appointment as Governor unless he is a citizen of India and has completed the age of thirty-five years.
Qualifica- tions for appoint- ment as Governor.
Conditions of Gover- nor's office.
138. (1) The Governor shall not be a member of either House of Parliament or of a House of the Legislature of any State specified in the First Sche- dule, and if a member of either House of Parlia- ment or of a House of the Legislature of any such State be appointed Governor, he shall be deemed to have vacated his seat in that House on the date on which he enters upon his office as Governor.
(2) The Governor shall not hold any other office of profit.
(3) The Governor shall be entitled without pay- ment of rent to the use of his official residences and shall be also entitled to such emoluments, allowances and privileges as may be determined by Parliament by law and, until provision in that behalf is so made, such emoluments, allowances and privileges as are specified in the Second Schedule.
(4) The emoluments and allowances of the Governor shall not be diminished during his term of office.
Oath or affirmation by the Governor.
139. Every Governor and every person discharg- ing the functions of the Governor shall, before enter- ing upon his office, make and subscribe in the pre- sence of the Chief Justice of the High Court exercis- ing jurisdiction in relation to the State, or, in his absence, the seniormost Judge of that Court avail- able, an oath or affirmation in the following form, that is to say—
swear in the name of God
"I, A.B., do •
solemnly affirm
that I will faithfully execute the office of Governor (or discharge the functions of the Governor) of (name of the State) and will to the best of my ability
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINABY, NOV. 26, 1949 2417 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 71Part VI.—The States in Part A of the First Schedule.—Arts. 159-163.
preserve, protect and defend the Consti- tution and the law and that I will devote myself to the service and well-being of the people of (name of the State)."
160. The President may make such provision as he thinks fit for the discharge of the functions of the Governor of a State in any contingency not provided for in this Chapter.
1
Discharge of the functions of the Governor in certain contingen- cies. Power of Governor to grant pardons, etc., and to suspend, remit or commute sentences in certain cases.
Extent of executive power of State.
162. Subject to the provisions of this Constitution, the executive power of a State shall extend to the matters with respect to which the Legislature of the State has power to make laws:
Provided that in any matter with respect to which the Legislature of a State and Parliament have power to make laws, the executive power of the State shall be subject to, and limited by, the executive power expressly conferred by this Consti- tution or by any law made by Parliament upon the Union or authorities thereof.
Council of Ministers
Council of Ministers to aid and advise Governor.
163. (1) There shall be a Council of Ministers with the Chief Minister at the head to aid and advise the Governor in the exercise of his functions, except in so far as he is by or under this Constitu- tion required to exercise his functions or any of them in his discretion.
(2) If any question arises whether any matter is or is not a matter as respects which the Governor is by or under this Constitution required to act in his discretion, the decision of the Governor in his discretion shall be final, and the validity of anything
3*18 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY, NOV. 26, 1&49 72 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart VI.—The States in Pqrt A of the First Schedule:—Arts. 163-165.
done by the Governor shall not be called in ques- tion on the ground that he ought or ought not to have acted in his discretion.
(3) The question whether any, and if so what, advice was tendered by Ministers to the Governor shall not be inquired into in any court.
^Other 'provisions flS to •Ministers.
164. (1) The Chief Minister shall be appointed by the Governor and the other Ministers shall be appointed by the Governor on the advice of the Chief Minister, and the Ministers shall hold office during the pleasure of the Governor:
Provided that in the States of Bihar, Madhya Pradesh and Orissa, there shall be a Minister in charge of tribal welfare who may in addition be in charge of the welfare of the Scheduled Castes and backward classes or any other work.
(2) The Council of Ministers shall be collectively responsible to the Legislative Assembly of the- State.
(3) Before a Minister enters upon his office, the 'Governor shall administer to him, the oaths of office and of secrecy according to the forms set out for the purpose in the Third Schedule.
(4) A Minister who for any period of six conse- cutive months is not a member of the Legislature of the State shall at the expiration of that period cease to be a Minister.
(5) The salaries and allowances of Ministers shall be such as the Legislature of the State may from time to time by law determine and, until the Legislature of the State so determines, shall be as specified in the Second Schedule.
The Advocate-General for the State
Advocate- General for the "tate.
165. (1) The Governor of each State shall appoint a person who is qualified to be appointed a Judge of a High Court to be Advocate-General for the State.
(2) It shall be the duty of the Advocate-General to give advice to the Government of the State upon
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINABY, NOV. 26, 1949 241% THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 73Part VI.—The States in Part A of the First Schedule.—Arts. 165-167.
such legal matters, and to perform such other1 duties of a legal character, as may from time to time be referred or assigned to him by the Governor, and to discharge the functions conferred on him by or under this Constitution or any other law for the time being in force.
(3) The Advocate-General shall hold office dur- ing the pleasure of the Governor, and shall receive such remuneration as the Governor may determine.
Conduct of Government Business
166. (1) All executive action of the Government of a State shall be expressed to be taken in the name of the Governor.
Conduct of business, of the Govern- ment of a State.
(2) Orders and other instruments made and executed in the name of the Governor shall be authenticated in such manner as may be specified in rules to be made by the Governor, and the validity of, an order or instrument which is so authenticated shall not be called in question on the ground that it is not an order or instrument made or executed by the Governor.
(3) The Governor shall make rules for the more convenient transaction of the business of the Gov- ernment of the State, and for the allocation among Ministers of the said business in so far as it is not business with respect to which the Governor is by or under this Constitution required to act in his discre- tion.
167. It shall be the duty of the Chief Minister of
each State—
(a) to communicate to the Governor of the State all decisions of the Council of Ministers relating to the administration of the affairs of the State and proposals for legislation;
Duties of Chief Minister as respects,, the fur- nishing oft informa- tion to Governor,, etc.
(b) to furnish such information relating to the administration of the affairs of the State and proposals for legislation as the Gov- ernor may call for; and
2420 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY, NOV. 26, 1949 74 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart VI.—The States in Part A of the First Schedule.—Arts. 167-169.
(c) if the Governor so requires, to submit for the consideration of the Council of Ministers any matter on which a decision has been taken by a Minister but which has not been considered by the Council.
CHAPTER III.—THE STATE LEGISLATURE
General
168. (1) For every State there shall be a Legis- lature which shall consist of the Governor, and Constitu- tion of Legisla- tures in -States.
(a) in the States of Bihar, Bombay, Madras, Punjab, the United Provinces and West Bengal, two Houses ;
(6) in other States, one House.
(2) Where there are two Houses of the Legisla- ture of a State, one shall be known as the Legislative Council and the other as the Legislative Assembly, and where there is only one House, it shall be known as the Legislative Assembly.
Abolition or creation of Legis- lative Councils in States.
169. (1) Notwithstanding anything in article 168, Parliament may by law provide for the abolition of the Legislative Council of a State having such a Council or for the creation of such a Council in a State having no such Council, if the Legislative Assembly of the State passes a resolution to that effect by a majority of the total membership of the Assem- bly and by a majority of not less than two-thirds of the members of the Assembly present and voting.
(2) Any law referred to in clause (i) shall contain such provisions for the amendment of this Constitu- tion as may be necessary to give effect to the provi- sions of the law and may also contain such supple- mental, incidental and consequential provisions as Parliament may deem necessary.
(3) No such law as aforesaid shall be deemed to be an amendment of this Constitution for the pur- poses of article 368.
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTEAORDINAET, NOV. 26, 1949 2421 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 75Part VI.—The States in Part A of the First
Schedule.—Arts. 170171.
170. (1) Subject to the provisions of article 333,
the Legislative Assembly of each State shall be com- posed of members chosen by direct election.
Composi- tion of the Legislative Assem- blies.
(2) The representation of each territorial consti- tuency in the Legislative Assembly of a State shall be on the basis of the population of that constituency as ascertained at the last preceding census of which the relevant figures have been published and shall, save in the case of the autonomous districts of Assam and the constituency comprising the cantonment and municipality of Shillong, be on a scale of not more than one member for every seventy-five thousand of the population:
Provided that the total number of members in the Legislative Assembly of a State shall in no case be more than five hundred or less than sixty.
(3) The ratio between the number of members to be allotted to each territorial constituency in a State and the population of that constituency as ascertain- ed at the last preceding census of which the relevant figures have been published shall, so far as practi- cable, be the same throughout the State.
(4) Upon the completion of each census, the representation of the several territorial constituencies in the Legislative Assembly of each State shall be readjusted by such authority, in such manner and with effect from such date as Parliament may by law determine:
Provided that such readjustment shall not affect representation in the Legislative Assembly until the dissolution of the then existing Assembly.
Composi- tion of the Legislative Councils.
171. (1) The total number of members in the Legislative Council of a State having such a Council shall not exceed one-fourth of the total number of members in the Legislative Assembly of that State:
Provided that the total number of members in the Legislative Council of a State shall in no case be less than forty.
3432 im GAZETTE QF INDIA EXTRA ORDINARY, NOV. .-26, 194& 70 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart VI.—The States in Part A of the First
Schedule.—Art. ,171.
(2) Until Parliament by law otherwise provides, the composition of the Legislative Council of a State shall be as provided in clause (3).
(3) Of the total number of members of the Legis- lative Council of a S t a t e-
fa) as nearly as may be, one-third shall be elect- ed by electorates consisting of members of municipalities, district boards and such other local authorities in the State as- Parliament may by law specify;
(&) as nearly as may be, one-twelfth shall be elected by electorates consisting of per- sons residing in the State who have been for at least three years graduates of any university in the territory of India or have been for at least three years in possession of qualifications prescribed by or under any law made by Parliament as equiva- lent to that of a graduate of any sucfr university;
(c) as nearly as may be, one-twelfth shall be elected by electorates' consisting of persons who have been for at least three years engaged in teaching in such educational institutions within the State, not lower in standard than that of a secondary school, as may be prescribed by or under any law made by Parliament;
(d) as nearly as may be, one-third shall be elect- ed by the members of the Legislative Assembly of the State from amongst persons who are not members of the Assembly;
(e) the remainder shall be nominated by the Governor in accordance with the provi- sions of clause (5).
(A) The members to be elected under sub-clauses (a), (h) and (c) of clause (3) shall be chosen in such territorial constituencies as may be prescribed by or
T HE GAZETTE OF INTJIA EXTKAOBDINARY, NOV. 26, 1949 243B THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 77Part VI.—The States in Part A of the First Schedule.—Arts. 171-173.
under any law made by Parliament, and the elec- tions under the said sub-clauses and under sub-clause (d) of the said clause shall be held in accordance with the system of proportional representation by means of the single transferable vote.
(5) The members to be nominated by the Gover- nor under sub-clause (e) of clause (3) shall consist of persons having special knowledge or practical expe- rience in respect of such matters as the following, namely: —
Literature, science, art, co-operative movement
and social service.
Duration of State Legisla- ture*.
172. (1) Every Legislative Assembly of every State, unless sooner dissolved, shall continue for five years from the date appointed for its first meeting and no longer and the expiration of the said period of five years shall operate as a dissolution of the Assembly:
Provided that the said period may, while a Pro- clamation of Emergency is in operation, be extended by Parliament by law for a period not exceeding one year at a time and not extending in any case beyond a period of six months after the Proclamation has ceased to operate.
(2) The Legislative Council of a State shall not be subject to dissolution, but as nearly as possible one-third of the members thereof shall retire as soon as may be on the expiration of every second year in accordance with the provisions made in that behalf by Parliament by law.
173. A person shall not be qualified to be chosen to fill a seat in the Legislature of a State unless he—
(a) is a citizen of India;
Qualifica- tion lor member- ship of the State Legisla- ture.
(b) is, in the case of a seat in the Legislative Assembly, not less than twenty-five years of age and, in the case of a seat in the Legislative Council, not less than thirty years of age ; and
2424 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTEAOEDINAEY, NOV. 26, 1949 78 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart VI.—The States in Part A of the First Schedule.—Arts. 173-176.
(c) possesses such other qualifications as may be prescribed in that behalf by or under any law made by Parliament.
Sessions of the State Legisla- ture, proro- gation and dissolution.
174. (1) The House or Houses of the Legislature of the State shall be summoned to meet twice at least in every year, and six months shall not intervene between their last sitting in one session and the date appointed for their first sitting in the next session.
(2) Subject to the provisions of clause (1), the
Governor may from time to time—
(a) summon the House or either House to meet
at such time and place as he thinks fit;
(6) prorogue the House or Houses;
(c) dissolve the Legislative Assembly.
Right of Governor to address and send messages to the House or Houses.
175. (1) The Governor may address the Legisla- tive Assembly or, in the case of a State having a Legislative Council, either House of the Legislature of the State, or both Houses assembled together, and may for that purpose require the attendance of mem- bers.
(2) The Governor may send messages to the House or Houses of the Legislature of the State, whether with respect to a Bill then pending in the Legislature or otherwise, and a House to which any message is so sent shall with all convenient despatch consider any matter required by the message to be taken into consideration.
176. (1) At the commencement of every session, the Governor shall address the Legislative Assembly or, in the case of a State having a Legislative Coun- cil, both Houses assembled together and inform the Legislature of the causes of its summons.
Special address by the Governor at the commence- ment of •very session.
(2) Provision shall be made by the rules regulat- ing the procedure of the House or either House for the allotment of time for discussion of the matters referred to in such address and for the precedence of such discussion over other business of the House.
SFHE GAZETTE OP INDIA EXTRAOBDINABY, NOV. 26, 1049 242^ THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 79Part VI.—The Stales in Part A of the First Schedule.—Arts. 177-179.
Rights of Ministers and Advocate- General as respects the Houses, 177. Every Minister and the Advocate-General for a State shall have the right to speak in, and other- wise to take part in the proceedings of, the Legisla- tive Assembly of the State or, in the case of a State having a Legislative Council, both Houses, and to speak in, and otherwise to take part in the proceedings of, any committee of the Legislature of which he may be named a member, but shall not, by virtue of this article, be entitled to vote.
Officers of the State Legislature
The Speaker and Deputy Speaker of the Legislative Assembly.
178. Every Legislative Assembly of a State shall, as soon as may be, choose two members of the Assembly to be respectively Speaker and Deputy -Speaker thereof and, so often as the office of Speaker or Deputy Speaker becomes vacant, the Assembly shall choose another member to be Speaker or Deputy Speaker, as the case may be.
179. A member holding office as Speaker or
Deputy Speaker of an Assembly-
fa) shall vacate his office if he ceases to be a
member of the Assembly;
Vacation and resig- nation of, and removal from, the offices of Speaker and Deputy Speaker.
(b) may at any time by writing under his hand addressed, if such member is the Speaker, to the Deputy Speaker, and if such mem- ber is the Deputy Speaker, to the Speaker, resign his office; and
(c) may be removed from his office by a resolu- tion of the Assembly passed by a majority of all the then members of the Assembly:
Provided that no resolution for the purpose of clause (c) shall be moved unless at least fourteen days' notice has been given of the intention to move the resolution:
Provided further that, whenever the Assembly is dissolved, the Speaker shall not vacate his office un- til immediately before the first meeting of the Assem- bly after the dissolution.
2426 THE GAZETTE OP INDTA EXTEAOEDINABY, NOV. 26, 1949^ 80 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart VI.—The States in Part A of the First Schedule.—Arts. 180-182.
180. (1) While the office of Speaker is vacant, the duties of the office shall be performed by the Deputy Speaker or, if the office of Deputy Speaker is also vacant, by such member of the Assembly as the Gov- ernor may appoint for the purpose.
Power ol the Deputy- Speaker or other person to perform the duties of the office of, or to act as, Speaker.
(2) During the absence of the Speaker from any sitting of the Assembly the Deputy Speaker or, if he is also absent, such person as may be determined by the rules of procedure of the Assembly, or, if no such person is present, such other person as may be deter- mined by the Assembly, shall act as Speaker.
T he Speaker and the Deputy Speaker not to preside while a resolution for his removal from office is under considera- tion.
181. (1) At any sitting of the Legislative Assem- bly, while any resolution for the removal of the Speaker from his office is under consideration, the Speaker, or while any resolution for the removal of the Deputy Speaker from his office is under con- sideration, the Deputy Speaker, shall not, though he is present, preside, and the provisions- of clause (2) of article 180 shall apply in relation to every such sitting as they apply in relation to a sitting from which the Speaker or, as the case may be, the Deputy Speaker, is absent.
(2) The Speaker shall have the right to speak in, and otherwise to take part in the proceedings of, the Legislative Assembly while any resolution for his removal from office is under consideration in the Assembly and shall, notwithstanding anything in article 189, be entitled to vote only in the first instance on such resolution or on any other matter during such proceedings but not in the case of an equality of votes.
Ihe Chair- man and Deputy Chairman of the Legislative Council.
182. The Legislative Council of every State hav- ing such Council shall, as soon as may be, choose two members of the Council to be respectively Chair- man and Deputy Chairman thereof and, so often as the office of Chairman or Deputy Chairman becomes vacant, the Council shall choose another member to be Chairman or Deputy Chairman, as the case may be.
THE GAZETTE OF INDTA EXTRAORDTNABY, NOV. 26, 1949 2427 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 81Part VI.—The States in Part A of the First Schedule.—Arts. 183-185.
183. A member holding office as Chairman or
Deputy Chairman of a Legislative Council—
(a) shall vacate his office if he ceases to be a
member of the Council;
Vacation and resig- nation of, and removal from, the offices of Chairman and Deputy Chairman.
(b) may at any time by writing under his hand addressed, if such member is the Chair- man, to the Deputy Chairman, and if such member is the Deputy Chairman, to the Chairman, resign his office; and
(c) may be removed from his office by a resolu- tion of the Council passed by a majority of all the then members of the Council:
Provided that no resolution for the purpose of clause (c) shall be moved unless at least fourteen days' notice has been given of the intention to move the resolution.
184. (1) While the office of Chairman is vacant, the duties of the office shall be performed by the Deputy Chairman or, if the office of Deputy Chair- man is also vacant, by such member of the Council as the Governor may appoint for the purpose.
Power of the Deputy Chairman or other person to perform the duties of the office of, or to act as, Chairman.
(2) During the absence of the Chairman from any sitting of the Council the Deputy Chairman or, if he is also absent, such person as may be determined by the rules of procedure of the Council, or, if no such person is present, such other person as may be deter- mined by the Council, shall act as Chairman.
The Chair- man or the Deputy Chairman not to preside while a resolution for his removal from office is under considera- tion.
185. (1) At any sitting of the Legislative Council, while any resolution for the removal of the Chairman from his office is under consideration, the Chairman, or while any resolution for the removal of the Deputy Chairman from his office is under consideration, the Deputy Chairman, shall not, though he is present, preside, and the provisions of clause (2) of article 184 shall apply in relation to every such sitting as they apply in relation to a sitting from which the Chairman or, as the case may be, the Deputy Chairman is absent
2428 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTBAORDINABY, NOV.. 26, 1949 82 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart VI.—The States in Part A of the First Schedule.—Arts. 185-187.
(2) The Chairman shall have the right to speak in, and otherwise to take part in the proceedings of, the Legislative Council while any resolution for his removal from office is under consideration in the Council and shall, notwithstanding anything in article 189, be entitled to vote only in the first in- stance on such resolution or on any other matter dur- ing such proceedings but not in the case of an equality of votes.
Salaries and allow- ances of the Speaker and Deputy Speaker and the Chairman and De- puty Chair- man.
186. There shall be paid to the Speaker and the Deputy Speaker of the Legislative Assembly, and to the Chairman and the Deputy Chairman of the Legislative Council, such salaries and allowances as may be respectively fixed by the Legislature of the State by law and, until provision in that behalf is so made, such salaries and allowances as are specified in the Second Schedule.
Secretariat of State Legisla- ture.
187. (1) The House or each House of the Legis- lature of a State shall have a separate secretarial staff;
Provided that nothing in this clause shall, in the case of the Legislature of a State having a Legislative Council, be construed as preventing the creation of posts common to both Houses of such Legislature.
(2) The Legislature of a State may by law regu- late the recruitment, and the conditions of service of persons appointed, to the secretarial staff of the House or Houses of the Legislature of the State.
(3) Until provision is made by the Legislature of the State under clause (2), the Governor may, after consultation with the Speaker of the Legislative Assembly or the Chairman of the Legislative Council, as the case may be, make rules regulating the recruitment, and the conditions of service of per- sons appointed, to the secretarial staff of the Assembly or the Council, and any rules so made shall have effect subject to the provisions of any law made under the said clause.
THE GAZETTE Or INDIA EXTBAORDINABY, NOV. 26, 1949 24^9 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 83Part VI.—The States in Part A of the First Schedule.—Arts. 188-190.
Conduct of Business
Oath or affirma- tion by members.
188. Every member of the Legislative Assembly or the Legislative Council of a State shall, before taking his seat, make and subscribe before the Gov- ernor, or some person appointed in that behalf by him, an oath or affirmation according to the form set out for the purpose in the Third Schedule.
189. (1) Save as otherwise provided in this Con- stitution, all questions at any sitting of a House of the Legislature of a State shall be determined by a majority of votes of the members present and vot- ing, other than the Speaker or Chairman, or person acting as such.
Voting In Houses., power of Houses to act not- with- standing vacancies a nd quorum.
The Speaker or Chairman, or person acting as such, shall not vote in the first instance, but shall have and exercise a casting vote in the case of an equality of votes.
(2) A House of the Legislature of a State shall
have power to act notwithstanding any vacancy in the membership thereof, and any proceedings in the Legislature of a State shall be valid notwithstanding that it is discovered subsequently that some person who was not entitled so to do sat or voted or other- wise took part in the proceedings.
(3) Until the Legislature of the State by law otherwise provides, the quorum to constitute a meet- ing of a House of the Legislature of a State shall be ten members or one-tenth of the total number of members of the House, whichever is greater.
(4) If at any time during a meeting of the Legis- lative Assembly or the Legislative Council of a State there is no quorum, it shall be the duty of the Speaker or Chairman, or person acting as such, either to adjourn the House or to suspend the meet- ing until there is a quorum.
Disqualifications of Members
Vacation
of seats
190. (1) No person shall be a member of both Houses of the Legislature of a State and provision shall be made by the Legislature of the State by law
2480 £HE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTEAOBDINABY, NOV. 26, 1949 84 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart VI.—The States in Part A of the First
Schedule.—Arts. 190-191.
for the vacation by a person who is chosen a member of both Houses of his seat in one House or the other.
(2) No person shall be a member of the Legisla- tures of two or more States specified in the First Schedule and if a person is chosen a member of the Legislatures of two or more such States, then, at the expiration of such period as may be specified in rules made by the President, that person s seat in the Legislatures of all such States shall become vacant, unless he has previously resigned his seat in the Legislatures of all but one of the States.
(3) If a member of a House of the Legislature of a State—
(a) becomes subject to any of the disqualifica- tions mentioned in clause (1) of article 191; or
(b) resigns his seat by writing under his hand addressed to the Speaker or the Chair- man, as the case may be,
his seat shall thereupon become vacant.
(4) If for a period of sixty days a member of a House of the Legislature of a State is without per- mission of the House absent from all meetings there- of, the House may declare his seat vacant:
Provided that in computing the said period of sixty days no account shall be taken of any period during which the House is prorogued or is adjourned for more than four consecutive days.
Disquali- fications for mem- bership.
191. (1) A person shall be disqualified for being chosen as, and for being, a member of the Legislative Assembly or Legislative Council of a State—
(a) if he holds any office of profit under the Government of India or the Government of any State specified in the First Schedule,
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTKAOKDINAEY, NOV. 26, 1949 2431 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 85Part VI.—The States in Part A of the First Schedule.—Arts. 191-193.
other than an office declared by the Legis- lature of the State by law not to disqualify its holder;
(b) if he is of unsound mind and stands so
declared by a competent court; (c) if he is an undischarged insolvent; (d) if he is not a citizen of India, or has volun- tarily acquired the citizenship of a foreign State, or is under any acknowledgment of allegiance or adherence to a foreign State;
(e) if he is so disqualified by or under any law
made by Parliament.
(2) For the purposes of this article, a person shall not be deemed to hold an office of profit under the Government of India or the Government of any State specified in the First Schedule by reason only that he is a Minister either for the Union or for such State.
Decision on questions as to dis- qualifica- tions of members.
192. (1) If any question arises as to whether a member of a House of the Legislature of a State has become subject to any of the disqualifications men- tioned in clause (1) of article IQI, the question shall be referred for the decision of the Governor and his decision shall be final.
(2) Before giving any decision on any such question, the Governor shall obtain the opinion of the Election Commission and shall act according to such opinion.
Penalty tor sitting and voting before making oath or affirmation under article 188 or when not quali- fied or when dis- qualified.
193. If a person sits or votes as a member of the Legislative Assembly or the Legislative Council of a State before he has complied with the requirements of article 188, or when he knows that he is not quali- fied or that he is disqualified for membership thereof, or that he is prohibited from so doing by the provisions of any law made by Parliament or the Legislature of the State, he shall be liable in res- pect of each day on which he so sits or votes to a penalty of five hundred rupees to be recovered as a debt due to the State.
2482 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINAEY, NOY. 26, 1949 86 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart VI—The States in Part A of the First Schedule.—-Arts. 194-195.
Powers, Privileges and Immunities of State
Legislatures and their Members
194. (1) Subject to the provisions of this Constitu- tion and to the rules and standing orders regulating the procedure of the Legislature, there shall be free- dom of speech in the Legislature of every State.
Powers, privileges, etc., of the Houses of Legisla- tures and of the members and com- mittees thereof.
(2) No member of the Legislature of a State shall be liable to any proceedings in any court in respect of anything said or any vote given by him in the Legis- lature or any committee thereof, and no person shall be so liable in respect of the publication by or under the authority of a House of such a Legislature of any report, paper, votes or proceedings.
(3) In other respects, the powers, privileges and immunities of a House of the Legislature of a State, and of the members and the committees of a House of such Legislature, shall be such as may from time to time be defined by the Legislature by law, and, until so defined, shall be those of the House of Commons of the Parliament of the United Kingdom, and of its members and committees, at the commencement of this Constitution.
(4) The provisions of clauses (1), (2) and (3) shall apply in relation to persons who by virtue of this Con- stitution have the right to speak in, and otherwise to take part in the proceedings of, a House of the Legislature of a State or any committee thereof as they apply in relation to members of that Legisla- ture.
Salaries and allow- ances of members.
195. Members of the Legislative Assembly and the Legislative Council of a State shall be entitled to receive such salaries and allowances as may from time to time be determined by the Legislature of the State by law and, until provision in that respect is so made, salaries and allowances at such rates and upon such conditions as were immediately before the com- mencement of this Constitution applicable in the case of members of the Legislative Assembly of the corresponding Province.
T HE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTBAOBDINABY, NOV. 26, 1949 2438 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 87Part VI.—The States in Part A of the First Schedule.—Arts. 196-197.
Legislative Procedure
196. (1) Subject to the provisions of articles 198
Provisions as to intro- duction and passing of Bills.
and 207 with respect to Money Bills and other finan- cial Bills, a Bill may originate in either House of the Legislature of a State which has a Legislative Council.
(2) Subject to the provisions of articles 197 and 198, a Bill shall not be deemed to have been passed by the Houses of the Legislature of a State having a Legislative Council unless it has been agreed to by both Houses, either without amendment or with such amendments only as are agreed to by both Houses.
(3) A Bill pending in the Legislature of a State shall not lapse by reason of the prorogation of the House or Houses thereof.
(4) A Bill pending in the Legislative Council of a State which has not been passed by the Legislative Assembly shall not lapse on a dissolution of the Assembly.
(5) A Bill which is pending in the Legislative Assembly of a State, or which having been passed by the Legislative Assembly is pending in the Legisla- tive Council, shall lapse on a dissolution of the Assembly.
Restriction on powers of Legisla- tive Council as to Bills other than Money Bills.
197. (1) If after a Bill has been passed by the Legislative Assembly of a State having a Legislative Council and transmitted to the Legislative Council— (a) the Bill is rejected by the Council; or (b) more than three months elapse from the date on which the Bill is laid before the Council without the Bill being passed by it; or
(c) the Bill is passed by the Council with amend- ments to which the Legislative Assembly does not agree,
the Legislative Assembly may, subject to the rules regulating its procedure, pass the Bill again in the same or in any subsequent session with or without such amendments, if any, as have been made, sug- gested or agreed to by the Legislative Council and
24B4 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTBAOBDINABY, NOV.. 26, 194$' 88 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart VI.—The States in Part A of the First Schedule.—Arts. 197-198.
then transmit the Bill as so passed to the Legislative Council.
(2) If after a Bill has been so passed for the second time by the Legislative Assembly and transmitted to the Legislative Council—
(a) the Bill is rejected by the Council; or
(b) more than one month elapses from the date on which the Bill is laid before the Council without the Bill being passed by it; or
(c) the Bill is passed by the Council with amend- ments to which the Legislative Assembly does not agree,
the Bill shall be deemed to have been passed by the Houses of the Legislature of the State in the form in which it was passed by the Legislative Assembly for the second time with such amendments, if any, as have been made or suggested by the Legislative Council and agreed to by the Legislative Assembly.
(3) Nothing in this article shall apply to a Money Bill.
198. (1) A Money Bill shall not be introduced in a Legislative Council.
Special procedure in respect of Money Bills.
(2) After a Money Bill has been passed by the Legislative Assembly of a State having a Legislative Council, it shall be transmitted to the Legislative Council for its recommendations, and the Legislative Council shall within a period of fourteen days from the date of its receipt of the Bill return the Bill to the Legislative Assembly with its recommendations, and the Legislative Assembly may thereupon either accept or reject all or any of the recommendations of the Legis- lative Council.
(3) If the Legislative Assembly accepts any of the recommendations of the Legislative Council, the Money Bill shall be deemed to have been passed by both Houses with the amendments recommended by the Legislative Council and accepted by the Legislative Assembly.
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTEAOBDINAEY, NOV. 26, 1949 2485 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 89Part VI.—The States in Part A of the First Schedule.—Arts. 198-199.
(4) If the Legislative Assembly does not accept any of the recommendations of the Legislative Council, the Money Bill shall be deemed to have been passed by both Houses in the form in which it was passed by the Legis- lative Assembly without any of the amendments recommended by the Legislative Council.
(5) If a Money Bill passed by the Legislative Assembly and transmitted to the Legislative Council for its recommendations is not returned to the Legis- lative Assembly within the said period of fourteen days, it shall be deemed to have been passed by both Houses at the expiration of the said period in the form in which it was passed by the Legislative Assembly.
Definition ol "Money BlUa".
199. (1) For the purposes of this Chapter, a Bill shall be deemed to be a Money Bill if it contains only provisions dealing with all or any of the following matters, namely—
{a) the imposition, abolition, remission, alteration
or regulation of any tax;
(b) the regulation of the borrowing of money or the giving of any guarantee by the State, or the amendment of the law with respect to any financial obligations undertaken or to be undertaken by the State;
(c) the custody of the Consolidated Fund or the Contingency Fund of the State, the pay- ment of moneys into or the withdrawal of moneys from any such Fund;
(d) the appropriation of moneys out of the Con-
solidated Fund of the State ;
(e) the declaring of any expenditure to be expen- diture charged on the Consolidated Fund of the State, or the increasing of the amount of any such expenditure;
(/) the receipt of money on account of the Con- solidated Fund of the State or the public account of the State or the custody or issue of such money; or
2486 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTBAORDINAEY, NOV. 26, 194& 90 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart VI.—The States in Part A of the First Schedule.—Arts. 199-200.
(g) any matter incidental to any of the matters
specified in sab-clauses (a) to if).
(2) A Bill shall not be deemed to be a Money Bill by reason only that it provides for the imposition of fines or other pecuniary penalties, or for the demand or payment of fees for licences or fees for services ren- dered, or by reason that it provides for the imposi- tion, abolition, remission, alteration or regulation of any tax by any local authority or body for local purposes.
(3) If any question arises whether a Bill introduced in the Legislature of a State which has a Legislative Council is a Money Bill or not, the decision of the Speaker of the Legislative Assembly of such State thereon shall be final.
(4) There shall be endorsed on every Money Bill when it is transmitted to the Legislative Council under article 198, and when it is presented to the Governor for assent under article 200, the certificate of the Speaker of the Legislative Assembly signed by him that it is a Money Bill.
Assent Bills.
200. When a Bill has been passed by the Legisla- tive Assembly of a State or, in the case of a State having a Legislative Council, has been passed by both Houses of the Legislature of the State, it shall be presented to the Governor and the Governor shall declare either that he assents to the Bill or that he withholds assent therefrom or that he reserves the Bill for the con- sideration of the President:
Provided that the Governor may, as soon as possible after the presentation to him of the Bill for assent, return the Bill if it is not a Money Bill together with a message requesting that the House or Houses will re- consider the Bill or any specified provisions thereof and, in particular, will consider the desirability of introducing any such amendments as he may re- commend in his message and, when a Bill is so. returned, the House or Houses shall reconsider the Bill accordingly, and if the Bill is passed again by the House or Houses with or without amendment and presented to the Governor for assent, the Governor shall not withhold assent therefrom:
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY, NOV. 26, 1949 12487 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 91Part VI.—The States in Part A of the First
Schedule.—Arts. 200202.
Provided further that the Governor shall not assent to, but shall reserve for the consideration of the Presi- dent, any Bill which in the opinion of the Governor would, if it became law, so derogate from the powers of the High Court as to endanger the position which that Court is by this Constitution designed to fill.
Bills re- served lor considera- tion.
201. When a Bill is reserved by a Governor for the consideration of the President, the President shall declare either that he assents to the Bill or that he withholds assent therefrom:
Provided that, where the Bill is not a Money Bill, the President may direct the Governor to return the Bill to the House or, as the case may be, the Houses of the Legislature of the State together with such a message as is mentioned in the first proviso to article 200 and, when a Bill is so returned, the House or Houses shall reconsider it accordingly within a period of six months from the date of receipt of such message and, if it is again passed by the House or Houses with or without amendment, it shall be presented again to the President for his. consideration.
Procedure in financial Matters
Annual financial statement.
202. (1) The Governor shall in respect of every financial year cause to be laid before the House or Houses of the Legislature of the State a statement of the estimated receipts and expenditure of the State for that year, in this Part referred to as the "annual finan- cial statement".
(2) The estimates of expenditure embodied in the
annual financial statement shall show separately—
(a) the sums required to meet expenditure des- cribed by this Constitution as expenditure charged upon the Consolidated Fund of the State; and
(I)) the sums required to meet other expenditure proposed to be made from the Consolidated Fund of the State;
and shall distinguish expenditure on revenue account from other expenditure.
JM88THE aAZETTB OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY, NOV. 26, 1949 92 THE CONSTITUTION Ol' INDIAPart VI.—The States in Part A of the First
Schedule.—Arts. 202-203.
(3) The following expenditure shall be expenditure charged on the Consolidated Fund of each S t a t e- fa) the emoluments and allowances of the Gover- nor and other expenditure relating to his office;
(6) the salaries and allowances of the Speaker and the Deputy Speaker of the Legislative Assembly and, in the case of a State having a Legislative Council, also of the Chairman and the Deputy Chairman of the Legislative Council;
(c) debt charges for which the State is liable including interest, sinking fund charges and redemption charges, and other expenditure relating to the raising of loans and the ser- vice and redemption of debt;
(d) expenditure in respect of the salaries and allowances of Judges of any High Court; (e) any sums required to satisfy any judgment, decree or award of any court or arbitral tribunal;
(/) any other expenditure declared by this Consti- tution, or by the Legislature of the State by law, to be so charged.
Procedure in Legisla- ture with respect to estimates.
203. (1) So much of the estimates as relates to ex- penditure charged upon the Consolidated Fund of a State shall not be submitted to the vote of the Legis- lative Assembly, but nothing in this clause shall be construed as preventing the discussion in the Legisla- ture of any of those estimates.
(2) So much of the said estimates as relates to other expenditure shall be submitted in the form of demands for grants to the Legislative Assembly, and the Legislative Assembly shall have power to assent, or to refuse to assent, to any demand, or to assent to any demand subject to a reduction of the amount specified therein.
(3) No demand for a grant shall be made except on the recommendation of the Governor.
THE GAZETTE OP INDIA EXTEAOBDINAEY, NOV. 26, 1949 2489 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 93Part VI.~The States in Part A of the First
Schedule.—Arts. 204-205.
Appropria-
tion Bills.
204. (1) As soon as may be after the grants under article 203 have been made by the Assembly, there shall be introduced a Bill to provide for the appropriation out of the Consolidated Fund of the State of all moneys required to meet—
(a) the grants so made by the Assembly; and
(b) the expenditure charged on the Consolidated Fund of the State but not exceeding in any case the amount shown in the statement previously laid before the House or Houses.
(2) No amendment shall be proposed to any such Bill in the House or either House of the Legislature of the State which will have the effect of varying the amount or altering the destination of any grant so made or of varying the amount of any expenditure charged on the Consolidated Fund of the State, and the decision of the person presiding as to whether an amendment is inadmissible under this clause shall be final.
(3) Subject to the provisions of articles 205 and 206, no money shall be withdrawn from the Consoli- dated Fund of the State except under appropriation made by law passed in accordance with the provisions of this article.
205. (1) The Governor shall—
Supple- mentary, additional or excess grants.
(a) if the amount authorised by any law made in accordance with the provisions of article 204 to be expended for a particular service for the current financial year is found to be insufficient for the purposes of that year or when a need has arisen during the current financial year for supplementary or addi- tional expenditure upon some new service not contemplated in the annual financial statement for that year, or
(b) if any money has been spent on any service during a financial year in excess of the amount granted for that service and for that year,
2440 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTBAOKDlNA"RY, NOV. 26, 1949 94 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart VI.—The States in Part A of the First Schedule.—Arts. 205-206.
cause to be laid before the House or the Houses of the Legislature of the State another statement showing the estimated amount of that expenditure or cause to be presented to the Legislative Assembly of the State a demand for such excess, as the case may be.
(2) The provisions of articles 202, 203 and 204 shall have effect in relation to any such statement and expenditure or demand and also to any law to be made authorising the appropriation of moneys out of the Consolidated Fund of the State to meet such expendi- ture or the grant in respect of such demand as they have effect in relation to the annual financial statement and the expenditure mentioned therein or to a demand for a grant and the law to be made for the authorisa- tion of appropriation of moneys out of the Consolidated Fund of the State to meet such expenditure or grant.
206. (1) Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing provisions of this Chapter, the Legislative Assembly of a State shall have power—
Votes on account, votes of credit and exceptional grants.
(a) to make any grant in advance in respect of the estimated expenditure for a part of any financial year pending the completion of the procedure prescribed in article 203 for the voting of such grant and the passing of the law in accordance with the provisions of article 204 in relation to that expenditure;
(b) to make a grant for meeting an unexpected demand upon the resources of the State when on account of the magnitude or the indefinite character of the service the demand cannot be stated with the details ordinarily given in an annual financial state- ment;
(c) to make an exceptional grant which forms no part of the current service of any financial year ;
and the Legislature of the State shall have power to authorise by law the withdrawal of moneys from the Consolidated Fund of the State for the purposes for which the said grants are made.
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAOKDINAEY, NOV. 26, 1949 2441 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 95Part VI.—The States in Part A of the First Schedule.—Arts. 206-208.
(2) The provisions of articles 203 and 204 shall have effect in relation to the making of any grant under clause (1) and to any law to be made under that clause as they have effect in relation to the making of a grant with regard to any expenditure mentioned in the annual financial statement and the law to be made for the authorisation of appropriation of moneys out of the Consolidated Fund of the State to meet such expenditure.
Special provisions as to finan- cial Bills.
207. (1) A Bill or amendment making provision for any of tbo matters specified in sub-clauses (a) to (/) of clause (1) of article iyg shall not be introduced or moved except on the recommendation of the Governor, and a Bill making such provision shall not be intro- duced in a Legislative Council:
Provided that no recommendation shall be required under this clause for the moving of an amendment making provision for the reduction or abolition of any tax.
(2) A Bill or amendment shall not be deemed to make provision for any of the matters aforesaid by reason only that it provides for the imposition of fines or other pecuniary penalties, or for the demand or pay- ment of fees for licences or fees for services rendered, or by reason that it provides for the imposition, aboli- tion, remission, Liberation or regulation of any tax by any local authority or body for local purposes.
(3) A Bill which, if enacted and brought into operation, would involve expenditure from the Con- solidated Fund of a State shall not be passed by a House of the Legislature of the State unless the •Governor has recommended to that House the con- sideration of the Bill.
Procedure Generally
Rules of procedure.
208. (1) A House of the Legislature of a State may make rules for regulating, subject to the provisions of this Constitution, its procedure and the conduct of its business.
(2) Until rules are made under clause (1), the rules of procedure and standing orders in force immediately
2442 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTBAOBDINARY, NOV. 26, 1949 96 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart VI.—The States in Part A of the First Schedule.—Arts. 208-210.
before the commencement of this Constitution with respect to the Legislature for the corresponding Pro- vince shall have effect in relation to the Legislature of the State subject to such modifications and adapta- tions as may be made therein by the Speaker of the Legislative Assembly, or the Chairman of the Legisla- tive Council, as the case may be.
(3) In a State having a Legislative Council the Governor, after consultation with the Speaker of the Legislative Assembly and the Chairman of the Legisla- tive Council, may make rules as to the procedure with respect to communications between the two Houses.
Regulation by law of procedure in the Le- gislature of the State in relation to financial business.
209. The Legislature of a State may, for the purpose of the timely completion of financial business, regulate by law the procedure of, and the conduct of business in, the House or Houses of the Legislature of the State in relation to any financial matter or to any BUI for the appropriation of moneys out of the Consoli- dated Fund of the State, and, if and so far as any pro- vision of any law so made is inconsistent with any rule made by the House or either House of the Legislature of the State under clause (1) of article 208 or with any rule or standing order having effect in relation to the Legislature of the State under clause (2) of that article, such provision shall prevail.
Language to be used In the Legisla- ture.
210. (1) Notwithstanding anything in Part XVII, but subject to the provisions of article 348, business in the Legislature of a State shall be transacted in the official language or languages of the State or in Hindi or in English:
Provided that the Speaker of the Legislative Assem- bly or Chairman of the Legislative Council, or person acting as such, as the case may be, may permit any member who cannot adequately express himself in any of the languages aforesaid to address the House in his mother-tongue.
(2) Unless the Legislature of the State by law otherwise provides, this article shall, after the expira- tion of a period of fifteen years from the commence- ment of this Constitution, have effect as if the words "or in English" were omitted therefrom.
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTBAORDINARY, NOV. 26, 1949 2448 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 97Part VI.—The States in Part A of the First Schedule.—Arts. 211-213.
Restriction on discus- sion in the Legisla- ture 211. No discussion shall take place in the Legis- lature of a State with respect to the conduct of any Judge of the Supreme Court or of a High Court in the discharge of his duties.
212. (1) The validity of any proceedings in the Legislature of a State shall not be called in question on the ground of any alleged irregularity of procedure.
Courts not to Inquire into pro- ceedings of the Legis- lature (2) No officer or member of the Legislature of a State in whom powers are vested by or under this Constitution for regulating procedure or the conduct of business, or for maintaining order, in the Legisla- ture shall be subject to the jurisdiction of any court in respect of the exercise by him of those powers.
CHAPTER IV.—LEGISLATIVE POWER OF THE GOVERNOR
Power of Governor to promul- gate Ordi- nances during recess of Legisla- ture.
213. (1) If at any time, except when the Legislative Assembly of a State is in session, or where there is a Legislative Council in a State, except when both Houses of the Legislature are in session, the Governor is satisfied that circumstances exist which render it necessary for him to take immediate action, he may promulgate such Ordinances as the circumstances appear to him to require :
Provided that the Governor shall not, without instructions from the President, promulgate any such Ordinance if—
(a) a Bill containing the same provisions would under this Constitution have required the previous sanction of the President for the introduction thereof into the Legislature; or
(b) he would have deemed it necessary to reserve a Bill containing the same provisions for the consideration of the President; or
(c) an Act of the Legislature of the State contain- ing the same provisions would under this Constitution have been invalid unless, having been reserved for the consideration of the President, it had received the assent of the President.
2444 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINABY, NOV. 26, 1949 98 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart VI.—The States in Part A of the First Schedule.-—Arts. 213-214.
(2) An Ordinance promulgated under this article shall have the same force and effect as an Act of the Legislature of the State assented to by the Governor, but every such Ordinance—
(a) shall be laid before the Legislative Assem- bly of the State, or where there is a Legis- lative Council in the State, before both the Houses, and shall cease to operate at the expiration of six weeks from the reassembly of the Legislature, or if before the expira- tion of that period a resolution disapproving it is passed by the Legislative Assembly and agreed to by the Legislative Council, if any, upon the passing of the resolution or, as the case may be, on the resolution being agreed to by the Council; and
(b) may be withdrawn at any time by the
Governor.
Explanation.—Where the Houses of the Legisla- ture of a State having a Legislative Council are summoned to reassemble on different dates, the period of six weeks shall be reckoned from the later of those dates for the purposes of this clause.
(3) If and so far as an Ordinance under this article makes any provision which would not be valid if enacted in an Act of the Legislature of the State assented to by the Governor, it shall be void:
Provided that, for the purposes of the provisions of this Constitution relating to the effect of an Act of the Legislature of a State which is repugnant to an Act of Parliament or an existing law with respect to a matter enumerated in the Concurrent List, an Ordinance pro- mulgated under this article in pursuance of instruc- tions from the President shall be deemed to be an Act of the Legislature of the State which has been reserved for the consideration of the President and assented to by him.
CHAPTER V.—THE HIGH COURTS IN THE STATES
214. (1) There shall be a High Court for each State.
High Courts tor States.
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTEAORDINABY, NOV. 26, 1949 24*5- THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 99Part VI.—The States in Part A of the First Schedule.—Arts. 214-217.
(2) For the purposes of this Constitution the High Court exercising jurisdiction in relation to any Province immediately before the commencement of this Consti- tution shall be deemed to be the High Court for the corresponding State.
(3) The provisions of this Chapter shall apply to
every High Court referred to in this article.
High Courts 215. Every High Court shall be a court of record and shall have all the powers of such a court including the power to punish for contempt of itself.
record.
Constitu- tion of High Courts.
216. Every High Court shall c ^ ;^ of a Chief Justice and such other Judges as the President may from time to time deem it necessary to appoint:
Provided that the Judges so appointed shall at no time exceed in number such maximum number as the President may, from time to time, by order fix in relation to that Court.
Appoint- ment and conditions of the office of a Judge of a High Court.
217. (1) Every Judge of a High Court shall be appointed by the President by warrant under his hand and sea) after consultation with the Chief Justice of India, the Governor of the State, and, in the case of appointment of a Judge other than the Chief Justice, the Chief Justice of the High Court, and shall hold office until he attains the age of sixty years:
Provided that—
(a) a Judge may, by writing under his hand addressed to the President, resign his office; (b) a Judge may be removed from his office by the President in the manner provided in clause (4) of article 124 for the removal of a Judge of the Supreme Court;
(c) the office of a Judge shall be vacated by his being appointed by the President to be a Judge of the Supreme Court or by his being transferred by the President to any other High Court within the territory of India.
2446 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY, NOV. 26, 1949 100 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart VI—The States in Part A of the First Schedule.—Arts. 217-219.
(2) A person shall not be qualified for appoint- ment as a Judge of a High Court unless he is a citizen of India and—
(a) has for at least ten years held a judicial office
in the territory of India; or
(&) has for at least ten years been an advocate of a High Court in any State specified in the First Schedule or of two or more such Courts in succession.
Explanation.—For the purposes of this clause—
(a) in computing the period during which a person has been an advocate of a High Court, there shall be included any period during which the person has held judicial office after he became an advocate;
(&) in computing the period during which a person has held judicial office in the terri- tory of India or been an advocate of a High Court, there shall be included any period before the commencement of this Constitu- tion during which he has held judicial office in any area which was comprised before the fifteenth day of August, 1947, within India as denned by the Govern- ment of India Act, 1935, or has been an advocate of any High Court in any such area, as the case may be.
218. The provisions of clauses (4) and (5) of article 124 shall apply in relation to a High Court as they apply in relation to the Supreme Court with the substitution of references to the High Court for refer- ences to the Supreme Court.
Application of certain provisions relating to Supreme Court to High Courts.
Oath or affirmation by Judges of High Courts.
219. Every person appointed to be a Judge of a High Court in a State shall, before he enters upon his office, make and subscribe before the Governor of the State, or some person appointed in that behalf by him, an oath or affirmation according to the form set out for the purpose in the Third Schedule.
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTEAOBDINAET, NOV. 26, 1949 2447 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 101Part VI.—The States in Part A of the First
Schedule.—Arts. 220-224.
220. No person who has held office as a Judge of a High Court after the commencement of this Constitu- tion shall plead or act in any court or before any autho- rity within the territory of India.
Prohibition of practis- ing in courts or before any autho- rity by Judges. Salaries, etc., of Judges.
221. (1) There shall be paid to the Judges of each High Court such salaries as are specified in the Second Schedule.
(2) Every Judge shall be entitled to such allow- ances and to such rights in respect of leave of absence and pension as may from time to time be determined by or under law made by Parliament and, until so determined, to such allowances and rights as are specified in the Second Schedule:
Provided that neither the allowances of a Judge nor his rights in respect of leave of absence or pension shall be varied to his disadvantage after his appointment.
Transfer of
a Judge
from one
High Court
to another.
222. (1) The President may, after consultation with the Chief Justice of India, transfer a Judge from one High Court to any other High Court within the territory of India.
(2) When a Judge is so transferred, he shall, during the period he serves as a Judge of the other Court, be entitled to receive in addition to his salary such compensatory allowance as may be determined by Parliament by law and, until so determined, such compensatory allowance as the President may by order fix.
Appoint- ment of acting Chief Justice.
223. When the office of Chief Justice of a High Court is vacant or when any such Chief Justice is, by reason of absence or otherwise, unable to perform the duties of his office, the duties of the office shall be per- formed by such one of the other Judges of the Court as the President may appoint for the purpose.
Attendance of retired Judges at sittings of High Courts 224. Notwithstanding anything in this Chapter, the Chief Justice of a High Court for any State may at any time, with the previous consent of the President, request any person who has held the office of a Judge of that Court or of any other High Court to sit and act as a Judge of the High Court for that State, and every such person so requested shall, while so sitting and
2448 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTBAORDINABY, NOV. 26, 1949 102 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart VI.—The States in Part A of the First
Schedule.—Arts. 224-226.
acting, be entitled to such allowances as the President may by order determine and have all the jurisdiction, powers and privileges of, but shall not otherwise be deemed to be, a Judge of that High Court:
Provided that nothing in this article shall be deemed to require any such person as aforesaid to sit and act as a Judge of that High Court unless he consents so to do.
Jurisdic- tion of eiMof-lng Hlfih -Courts.
225. Subject to the provisions of this Constitution and to the provisions of any law of the appropriate Legislature made by virtue of powers conferred on that Legislature by this Constitution, the jurisdiction of, and the law administered in, any existing High Court, and the respective powers of the Judges thereof in rela- tion to the administration of justice in the Court, in- cluding any power to make rules of Court and to regu- late the sittings of the Court and of members thereof sitting alone or in Division Courts, shall be the same as immediately before the commencement of this Constitution:
Provided that any restriction to which the exercise of original jurisdiction by any of the High Courts with respect to any matter concerning the revenue or con- cerning any act ordered or done in the collection thereof was subject immediately before the com- mencement of this Constitution shall no longer apply to the exercise of such jurisdiction.
Power of High Courts to issue certain writs.
226. (1) Notwithstanding anything in article 32, every High Court shall have power, throughout the territories in relation to which it exercises jurisdiction, to issue to any person or authority, including in appro- priate cases any Govcmnu*n1, wilhin those territories directions, orders or writs, including writs in the nature of habeas corpvs, mandamus, prohibition, quo warranto and ceriiorari, or any of them, for the en- forcement of any of the rights conferred by Part III and for any other purpose.
(2) The power conferred on a High Court by clause (1) shall not be in derogation of the power con- ferred on the Supreme Court by clause (2) of article 32.
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTBAORDINABY, NOV. 26, 1949 2449- THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 103Part VI.—The States in Part A of the First Schedule.—Arts. 227-228.
227. (1) Every High Court shall have superin- tendence over all courts and tribunals throughout the territories in relation to which it exercises jurisdiction.
Power of superinten- dence over all courts bv the High Court (2) Without prejudice to the generality of the fore-
going provision, the High Court may—
(a) call for returns from such courts;
(6) make and issue general rules and prescribe
forms for regulating the practice and pro- ceedings of such courts; and
(c) prescribe forms in which books, entries and accounts shall be kept by the officers of any such courts.
(3) The High Court may also settle tables of fees to be allowed to the sheriff and all clerks and officers of such courts and to attorneys, advocates and pleaders practising therein:
Provided that any rules made, forms prescribed or tables settled under clause (2) or clause (3) shall not be inconsistent with the provision of any law lor the time being in force, and shall require the previous approval of the Governor.
(4) Nothing in this article shall be deemed to confer on a High Court powers of superintendence over any court or tribunal constituted by or under any law relating to the Armed Forces.
Transfer at certain caseB to Hiffh Court 228. If the High Court is satisfied that a case pend- ing in a court subordinate to it involves a substantial question of law as to the interpretation of this Consti- tution the determination of which is necessary for the disposal of the case, it shall withdraw the case and may—
(a) either dispose of the case itself, or (b) determine the said question of law and return the case to the court from which the case has been so withdrawn together with a copy of its judgment on such question, and the said court shall on receipt thereof proceed to dispose of the case in conformity with such judgment.
2460 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTHAOBDTNAEY, NOV. 26, 1949 104 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart VI.—The States in Part A of the First Schedule.—Arts. 229-230.
Officers and servants and the expenses of High Courts.
229. (1) Appointments of officers and servants of a High Court shall be made by the Chief Justice of the Court or such other Judge or officer of the Court as he may direct:
Provided that the Governor, of the State in which the High Court has its principal seat may by rule require that in such cases as may be specified m the rule no person not already attached to the Court shall be appointed to any office connected with the Court save after consultation with the State Public Service Commission.
(2) Subject to the provisions of any law made by the Legislature of the State, the conditions of service of officers and servants of a High Court shall be such as may be prescribed by rules made by the Chief Justice of the Court or by some other Judge or officer of the Court authorised by the Chief Justice to make rules for the purpose :
Provided that the rules made under this clause shall, so far as they relate to salaries, allowances, leave or pensions, require the approval of the Governor of the State in which the High Court has its principal seat.
(3) The administrative expenses of a High Court, including all salaries, allowances and pensions payable to or in respect of the officers and servants of the Court, shall be charged upon the Consolidated Fund of the State, and any fees or other moneys taken by the Court shall form part of that Fund.
230. Parliament may by law—
(a) extend the jurisdiction of a High Court to, or Extension of or exclu- sion from the juris- diction of High Courts.
(6) exclude the jurisdiction of a High Court
from,
any State specified in the First Schedule other than, or any area not within, the State in which the High Court has its principal seat.
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTEAOBDINAEY, NOV. 26, 1949 2£fil THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 106.Part VI.—The States in Part A of the First Schedule.—Arts. 231-232.
231. Where a High Court exercises jurisdiction in relation to any area outside the State in which it has its principal seat, nothing in this Constitution shall be construed—
(a) as empowering the Legislature of the State in which the Court has its principal seat to increase, restrict or abolish that jurisdic- tion;
Restric- tions on the powers of the Legisla- tures of States to make laws with respect to Jurisdic- tion of a Hitfh Court in a State having jurisdiction outside that State.
(b) as empowering the Legislature of a State specified in Part A or Part B of the First Schedule in which any such area is situate, to abolish that jurisdiction; or
(c) as preventing the Legislature having power to make laws in that behalf for any such area, from passing, subject to the provisions of clause (b), such laws with respect to the jurisdiction of the Court in relation to that area as it would be competent to pass if the principal seat of the Court were in that area.
Interpre- tation.
232. Where a High Court exercises jurisdiction in relation to more than one State specified in the First Schedule or in relation to a State and an area not forming part of the State—
(a) references in this Chapter to the Governor in relation to the Judges of a High Court shall be construed as references to the Governor of the State in which the Court has its principal seat;
(b) the reference to the approval by the Governor of rules, forms and tables for subordinate courts shall be construed as a reference to the approval thereof by the Governor or the Rajpramukh of th& State in which the subordinate court is situate, or if it is situate in an area not forming part of any State specified in Part A or Part B of the First Schedule, by the President; and
'.3452 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTEAOKDINAEY, NOV. 26, 1949 106 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart VI.—The States in Part A of the First Schedule.—Arts. 232-236.
(c) references to the Consolidated Fund of the State shall be construed as references to the Consolidated Fund of the State in which the Court has its principal seat.
CHAPTER VI.—SUBORDINATE COURTS
Appoint- ment ol
•district
233. (1) Appointments of persons to be, and the posting and promotion of, district judges in any State shall be made by the Governor of the State in consulta- tion with the High Court exercising jurisdiction in rela- tion to such State.
(2) A person not already in the service of the Union or of the State shall only be eligible to be appointed a district judge if he has been for not less than seven years an advocate or a pleader and is recommended by the High Court for appointment.
.Recruit- ment ot persons ether than -district judges to the Judicial service.
234. Appointments of persons other than district judges to the judicial service of a State shall be made by the Governor of the State in accordance with rules made by him in that behalf after consultation with the State Public Service Commission and with the High Court exercising jurisdiction in relation to such State.
Control over sub- ordinate courts.
235. The control over district courts and courts subordinate thereto including the posting and promo- tion of, and the grant of leave to, persons belonging to the judicial service of a State and holding any post inferior to the post of district judge shall be vested in the High Court, but nothing in this article shall be construed as taking away from any such person any right of appeal which he may have under the law regulating the conditions of his service or as autho- rising the High Court to deal with him otherwise than in accordance with the conditions of his service pres- cribed under such law.
236. In this Chapter—
Interpreta- tion.
(a) the expression "district judge" includes judge of a city civil court, additional district judge, joint district judge, assistant dis- trict judge, chief judge of a small cause
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTEAOEDINAEY, NOV. 26, 1949 2458 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 107Part VI.—The States in Part A of the First Schedule.—Arts. 236-237.
court, chief presidency magistrate, addi- tional chief presidency magistrate, sessions judge, additional sessions judge and assistant sessions judge ;
(b) the expression "judicial service" means a service consisting exclusively of persons intended to fill the post of district judge and other civil judicial posts inferior to the ' post of district judge.
Application of the pro- visions of this Chnnter to certain class or classes ot magis- trates.
237. The Governor may by public notification direct that the foregoing provisions of this Chapter and any rules made thereunder shall with effect from such date as may be fixed by him in that behalf apply in relation to any class or classes of magistrates in the State as they apply in relation to persons appointed to the judicial service of the State subject to such "exceptions and modifications as may be specified in the notification.
2454 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTBAORDINABY, NOV. 26, 1949PART VII
THE STATES IN PART B OF THE FIRST SCHEDULE
238. The provisions of Part VI shall apply in rela- tion to the States specified in Part B of the First Schedule as they apply in relation to the States specified in Part A of that Schedule subject to the following modifications and omissions, namely: —
Application of provi- sions of Part VI to States in Part B of the First Schedule.
(1) For the word "Governor" wherever it occurs in the said Part VI, except where it occurs for the second time in clause (6) of article 232, the word "Rajpramukh" shall be substituted.
(2) In article 152, for the word and letter "Part A" the word and letter "Part B" shall be substituted.
(3) Articles 155, 156 and 157 shall be omitted.
(4) In article 158,—
(i) in clause (1), for the words "be appointed" the word "becomes" shall be substitut- ed;
(ii) for clause (3), the following clause shall be
substituted, namely: —
"(3) The Rajpramukh shall, unless he has his own residence in the principal seat of Government of the State, be entitled without payment of rent to the use of an official residence and shall be also entitled to such allow- ances and privileges as the President may, by general or special order, determine.";
(Hi) in clause (4), the words "emoluments
and" shall be omitted.
(5) In article 159, after the words "seniormost Judge of that Court available" the words 'or in such other manner as may be prescribed in that behalf by the Presi- dent" shall be inserted.
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTEAOKDINABY, NOV. 26, 1949 2455 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 109Part VII.—The States in Part B of the First
Schedule.—Art. 238.
(6) In article 164, for the proviso to clause (1) the following proviso shall be substitut- ed, namely:—
"Provided that in the State of Madhya Bharat there shall be a Minister in charge of tribal welfare who may in addition be in charge of the welfare of the Scheduled Castes and backward classes or any other work."
(7) In article 168, for clause (1) the following
clause shall be substituted, namely: —
"(1) For every State there shall be a Legis- lature which shall consist of the Rajpramukh and—
(a) in the State of Mysore, two Houses; (&) in other States, one House."
(8) In article 186, for the words "as are specified in the Second Schedule" the words "as the Rajpramukh may determine" shall be substituted.
(9) In article 195, for the words "as were imme- diately before the commencement of this Constitution applicable in the case of members of the Legislative Assembly of the corresponding Province" the words "as the Rajpramukh may determine" shall be substituted.
(10) In clause (3) of article 202—-
(i) for sub-clause (a), the following sub-clause
shall be substituted, namely: —
"(a) the allowances of the Rajpramukh and other expenditure relating to his office as determined by the President by general or special order;"
(M) for sub-clause (/) the following sub-clauses
shall be substituted, namely: —
"(/) in the case of the State of Travancore- Cochin, a sum of fifty-one lakhs of
34S6 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTBAOBDINABY, NOV. 26, 1949 110 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart VII.—The States in Part B of the First
Schedule—Art. 238.
rupees required to be paid annually to the Devaswom fund under the covenant entered into before the com- mencement of this Constitution by the Rulers of the Indian States of Travancore and Cochin for the form- ation of the United State of Travan- core and Cochin;
(g) any other expenditure declared by this Constitution, or by the Legislature of the State by law, to be so charged."
(11) In article 208, for clause (2), the following
clause shall be substituted, namely: —
"(2) Until rules are made under clause (1), the rules of procedure and standing orders in force immediately before the com- mencement of this Constitution with respect to the Legislature for the State or, where no House of the Legislature for the State existed, the rules of proce- dure and standing orders in force immediately before such commence- ment with respect to the Legislative- Assembly of such Province as may be specified in that behalf by the Rajpra- mukh of the State, shall have effect in relation to the Legislature of the State subject to such modifications and adaptations as may be made therein by the Speaker of the Legislative Assembly or the Chairman of the Legislative Council, as the case may be."
(12) In clause (2) of article 214, for the word "Province" the words "Indian State" shall be substituted.
(13) For article 221, the following article shall be
substituted, namely: —
etc., of Judges.
221. (1) There shall be paid to the Judges of each High Court such salaries as may- be determined by the President after consultation with the Rajpramukh.
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTEAOBDINABY, NOV. 26, 1940 2457 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA HIPart VII.—The States in Part B of the First
Schedule.—Art. 238.
(2) Every Judge shall be entitled to such allowances and to such rights in respect of leave of absence and pension as may from time to time be determined by or under law made by Parliament and, until so determined, to such allowances and rights as may be determined by the President af'or consul h ti' n witli the Rajpramukh:
Provided that nathcL the allowances of a Judge nor his rights in respect of leave of absence or pension shall be vaiied to his disadvantage after his appointment."
S468 TEE GAZETTE OP INDIA. EXTBAOEDINABY, NOV. 26, 1949 -P A RT V I II
THE STATES IN PART C OF THE FIRST SCHEDULE
Adminis- tration of States in Part C of the First Schedule.
239. (i) Subject to the other provisions of this Part, a State specified in Part C of the First Schedule shall be administered by the President acting, to such extent as he thinks fit through a Chief Commissioner or a Lieutenant-Governor to be appointed by him or through the Government of a neighbouring State:
Provided that the President shall not act through the Government of a neighbouring State save after—
(a) consulting the Government concerned; and
(b) ascertaining in such manner as the President considers most appropriate the views of the people of the State to be so adminis- tered.
(2) In this article, references to a State shall in-
clude references to a part of a State.
240. (1) Parliament may by law create or continue for any State specified in Part C of the First Schedule and administered through a Chief Commissioner or Lieutenant-Governor—
Creation or continu- ance of local Legisla- tures or Council of Advisers or Ministers.
(a) a body, whether nominated, elected or partly nominated and partly elected, to function as a Legislature for the State; or
(&) a Council of Advisers or Ministers,
or both with such constitution, powers and functions, in each case, as may be specified in the law.
(2) Any such law as is referred to ifi clause (1) shall not be deemed to be an amendment of this Con- stitution for the purposes of article 368 notwithstand- ing that it contains any provision which amends or has the effect of amending the Constitution.
High Courts for States in Part C of the First Schedule.
241. (1) Parliament may by law constitute a High Court for a State specified in Part C of the First Schedule or declare any court in any such State to be a High Court for all or any of the purposes of this Constitution.
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTEAOBDINABY, NOV. 26, 1949 245$ THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA U3Part VIII.—The States in Part C of the First Schedule.—Arts. 241-242.
(2) The provisions of Chapter V of Part VI shall apply in relation to every High Court referred to in clause (1) as they apply in relation to a High Court referred to in article 214 subject to such modifications or exceptions as Parliament may by law provide.
(3) Subject to the provisions of this Constitution and to the provisions of any law of the appropriate Legislature made by virtue of powers conferred on that Legislature by or under this Constitution, every High Court exercising jurisdiction immediately before the commencement of this Constitution in relation to any State specified in Part C of the First Schedule or any area included therein shall continue to exercise such jurisdiction in relation to that State or area after such commencement.
(4) Nothing in this article derogates from the power of Parliament to extend or exclude the juris- diction of a High Court in any State specified in Part A or Part B of the First Schedule to, or from, any State specified in Part C of that Schedule or any area included within that State.
Coorg- 242. (1) Until Parliament by law otherwise pro- vides, the constitution, powers and functions of the Coorg Legislative Council shall be the same as they were immediately before the commencement of this Constitution.
(2) The arrangements with respect to revenues collected in Coorg and expenses in respect of Coorg shall, until other provision is made in that behalf by the President by order, continue unchanged.
2460 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTBAOBDINABY, NOV. 26, 1949PART IX
THE TERRITORIES IN PART D OF THE FIRST SCHEDULE AND OTHER TERRITORIES NOT SPECIFIED IN THAT SCHEDULE.
243. (i) Any territory specified in Part D of the First Schedule and any other territory comprised within the territory of India but not specified in that Schedule shall be administered by the President act- ing, to such extent as he thinks fit, through a Chief Commissioner or other authority to be appointed by him.
Adminis- tration of territories specified in Part D of the First Schedule and other territories not speci- fied In that Schedule.
(2) The President may make regulations for the peace and good government of any such territory and any regulation so made may repeal or amend any law made by Parliament or any existing law which is for the time being applicable to such territory and, when promulgated by the President, shall have the same force and effect as an Act of Parliament which applies to such territory.
THE GAZETTE OP INDIA EXTEAOEDINARY, NOV. 26, 1949 2461PARTX
THE SCHEDULED AND TRIBAL AREAS
Adminis- tration of Scheduled Areas and tribal areas.
244. (i) The provisions of the Fifth Schedule shall apply to the administration and control of the Scheduled Areas and Scheduled Tribes in any State specified in Part A or Part B of the First Schedule other than the State of Assam.
(2) The provisions of the Sixth Schedule shall apply to the administration of the tribal areas in the State of Assam.
2462 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY, NOV. 28, 1949PART XI
RELATIONS BETWEEN THE UNION AND THE STATES
CHAPTER I.—LEGISLATIVE RELATIONS
Distribution of Legislative Powers
245. (i) Subject to the provisions of this Constitu- tion, Parliament may make laws for the whole or any part of the territory of India, and the Legislature of a State may make laws for the whole or any part of the State.
Extent of laws made by Parlia- ment and by the Legisla- tures of States.
(2) No law made by Parliament shall be deemed to be invalid on the ground that it would have extra- territorial operation.
246. (1) Notwithstanding anything'in clauses (2) and (3), Parliament has exclusive power to make laws with respect to any of the matters enumerated in List I in the Seventh Schedule (in this Constitution referred to as the "Union List").
Subject- matter oi laws made by Parlia- ment and by the Legisla- tures of States.
(2) Notwithstanding anything in clause (3), Par- liament, and, subject to clause (1), the Legislature of any State specified in Part A or Part B of the First Schedule also, have power to make laws with respect to any of the matters enumerated in List III in the Seventh Schedule (in this Constitution referred to as the "Concurrent List").
(3) Subject to clauses (1) and (2), the Legislature of any State specified in Part A or Part B of the First Schedule has exclusive power to make laws for such State or any part thereof with respect to any of the matters enumerated in List II in the Seventh Sche- dule (in this Constitution referred to as the "State List").
(4) Parliament has power to make laws with respect to any matter for any part of the territory of India not included in Part A or Part B of the First Schedule notwithstanding that such matter is a matter enumerated in the State List.
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTKAOEDXNAEY, NOV. 26, 1949 246B THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 117Part XI.—Relations between the Union and the States.—Arts. 247-249.
Power of Parliament to provide for the establish- ment of certain additional courts.
247. Notwithstanding anything in this Chapter, Parliament may by law provide for the establish- ment of any additional courts for the better adminis- tration of laws made by Parliament or of any existing law with respect to a matter enumerated in the Union List.
Residuary powers of legislation.
248. (1) Parliament has exclusive power to make any law with respect to any matter not enumerated in the Concurrent List or State List.
(2) Such power shall include the power of making any law imposing a tax not mentioned in either of those Lists.
Power of Parliament to legislate with res- pect to a matter in the State List in the national interest.
249. (1) Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing provisions of this Chapter, if the Council of States has declared by resolution supported by not less than two-thirds of the members present and voting that it . is necessary or expedient in the national interest that Parliament should make laws with respect to any matter enumerated in the State List specified in the resolution, it shall be lawful for Parliament to make laws for the whole or any part of the territory of India with respect to that matter while the resolution remains in force.
(2) A resolution passed under clause (1) shall remain in force for such period not exceeding one year as may be specified therein:
Provided that, if and so often as a resolution approving the continuance in force of any such reso- lution is passed in the manner provided in clause (1), such resolution shall continue in force for a further period of one year from the date on which under this clause it would otherwise have ceased to be in force.
(3) A law made by Parliament which Parliament •would not but for the passing of a resolution under clause (1) have been competent to make shall, to the extent of the incompetency, cease to have effect on the expiration of a period of six months after the resolu- tion has ceased to be in force, except as respects things done or omitted to be done before the expira- tion of the said period.
£464 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTEAOEDINAEY, NOV. 26, IS& 118 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart XL—Relations between the Union and the States.—Arts. 250-252.
250. (1) Notwithstanding anything in this Chapter, Parliament shall, while a Proclamation of Emergency- is in operation, have power to make laws for the whole or any part of the territory of India with res- pect to any of the matters enumerated in the State List.
Power of Parliament to legislate with respect to any matter in the State List if a Proclama- tion of Emergency- is in operation.
(2) A law made by Parliament which Parliament would not but for the issue of a Proclamation of Emergency have been competent to make shall, to the extent of the incompetency, cease to have effect on the expiration of a period of six months after the Proclamation has ceased to operate, except as res- pects things done or omitted to be done before the expiration of the said period.
Inconsist- ency between laws made by Parlia- ment under articles 249 and 250 and laws made by the Le- gislatures of States.
251. Nothing in articles 249 and 250 shall restrict the power of the Legislature of a State to make any law which under this Constitution it has power to make, but if any provision of a law made by thet Legislature of a State is repugnant to any provision of a law made by Parliament which Parliament has under either of the said articles power to make, the law made by Parliament, whether passed before or after the law made by the Legislature of the State, shall prevail, and the law made by the Legislature of the State shall to the extent of the repugnancy, but so long only as the law made by Parliament continues to have effect, be inoperative.
Power of Parliament to legislate for two or more States by consent and adoption of such legislation by any other State.
252. (1) If it appears to the Legislatures of two or more States to be desirable that any of the matters with respect to which Parliament has no power to make laws for the States except as provided in articles 249 and 250 should be regulated in such States by Parliament by law, and if resolutions to that effect are passed by all the Houses of the Legislatures of those States, it shall be lawful for Parliament to pass an Act for regulating that matter accordingly,, and any Act so passed shall apply to such States and to any other State by which it is adopted afterwards by resolution passed in that behalf by the House or, where there are two Houses, by each of the Houses of the Legislature of that State.
THE GAZETTE OP INDIA EXTBAOBDINABY, NOV. 26, 1949 2465 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 119Part XI.—Relations between the Union and the States.—Arts. 252-254.
(2) Any Act so passed by Parliament may be amended or repealed by an Act ot Parliament passed or adopted in like manner but shall not, as respects any State to which it applies, be amended or repealed by an Act of the Legislature of that State.
Legislation for giving effect to interna- tional agree- ments.
253. Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing provisions of this Chapter, Parliament has power to make any law for-the whole or any part of the terri- tory of India for implementing any treaty, agree- ment or convention with any other country or countries or any decision made at any international conference, association or other body.
Inconsis- tency between laws made by Parlia- ment and laws made by the Legisla- tures of States.
254. (1) If any provision of a law made by the Legislature of a State is repugnant to any provision of a law made by Parliament which Parliament is competent to enact, or to any provision of an existing
(2) Where a law made by the Legislature of a State specified in Part A or Part B of the First Schedule with respect to one of the matters enumerat- ed in the Concurrent List contains any provision repugnant to the provisions of an earlier law made by Parliament or an existing law with respect to that matter, then, the law so made by the Legislature of such State shall, if it has been reserved for the consideration of the President and has received his assent, prevail in that State:
Provided that nothing in this clause shall prevent Parliament from enacting at any time any law with respect to the same matter including a law adding to, amending, varying or repealing the law so made by the Legislature of the State.
2466 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA. EXTBAOBDINABY, NOV. 26, 1949 120 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart XL—Relations between the Union and the States.—Arts. 255-257.
255. No Act of Parliament or of the Legislature of a
State specified in Part A or Part B of the First Schedule, and no provision in any such Act, shall be invalid by reason only that some recommendation or previous sanction required by this Constitution was not given, if assent to that Act was given—
Require- ments as to recommen- dations and previous sanctions to be re- garded as matters of procedure only.
(a) where the recommendation lequired was that of the Governor, either by the Governor or by the President;
(b) where the recommendation required was that of the Rajpramukh, either by the Rajpramukh or by the President;
(c) where the recommendation or previous sanc- tion required was that of the President, by the President.
CHAPTER II.—ADMINISTRATIVE RELATIONS
General
Obligation of States and the Union.
256. The executive power of every State shall be so exercised as to ensure compliance with the laws made by Parliament and any existing laws which apply in that State, and the executive power of the Union shall extend to the giving of such directions to a State as may appear to the Government of India to be necessary for that purpose.
Control of the Union over States in certain cases.
257. (1) The executive power of every State shall be so exercised as not to impede or prejudice the exercise of the executive power of the Union, and the executive power of the Union shall extend to the giving of such directions to a State as may appear to the Government of India to be necessary for that purpose.
(2) The executive power of the Union shall also extend to the giving of directions to a State as to the construction and maintenance of means of commu- nication declared in the direction to be of national or military importance:
£HE ®AZWHW<>$ tmtk BXTBAORDINABY, tfQVs "d, 19># _&07THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 121 Part XL—Relations between the Union and the States.—Arts. 257-258.
Provided that nothing in this clause shall be taken as restricting the power ot Parliament to declare highways or waterways to be national highways or national waterways or the power of the Union with respect to the highways or waterways so declared or the power of the Union to construct and maintain means of communication as part of its functions with respect to naval, military and air force works.
(3) The executive power of the Union shall also extend to the giving of directions to a State as to the measures to be taken for the protection of the rail- ways within the State.
(4) Where in carrying out any direction given to a State under clause (2) as to the construction or maintenance of any means of communication or under clause (3) as to the measures to be taken for the protection of any railway, costs have been incur- red in excess of those which would have been incur- red in the discharge of the normal duties of the State if such direction had not been given, there shall be paid by the Government of India to the State such sum as may be agreed, or, in default of agreement, as may be determined by an arbitrator appointed by the Chief Justice of India, in respect of the extra costs so incurred by the State.
Power of the Union to confer powers, etc., on States in certain cases.
258. (1) Notwithstanding anything in this Constitu- tion, the President ma}', with the consent of the Government of a State, entrust either conditionally or unconditionally to that Government or to its offi- cers functions in relation to any matter to which the executive power of the Union extends.
(2) A law made by Parliament which applies in any State may, notwithstanding that it relates to a matter with respect to which the Legislature of the State has no power to make laws, confer powers and impose duties, or authorise the conferring of powers and the imposition of duties, upon the State or officers and authorities thereof.
(3) Where by virtue of this article powers and duties have been conferred or imposed upon a State or officers or authorities thereof, there shall be paid
3£68 TJffE GAZETTE- OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY, NOV. "26," 1^49 122 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart XI.—Relations between the Union and the
States.—Arts. 258-261.
by the Government of India to the State such sum as may be agreed, or, in default of agreement, as may be determined by an arbitrator appointed by the Chief Justice of India, in respect of any extra costs of admi- nistration incurred by the State in connection with the exercise of those powers and duties.
Armed Forces In States in Part B of the First Schedule.
259. (1) Notwithstanding anything in this Constitu- tion, a State specified in Part B of the First Schedule having any Armed Forces immediately before the commencement of this Constitution may, until Parlia- ment by law otherwise provides, continue to main- tain the said Forces after such commencement subject to such general or special orders as the President may from time to time issue in that behalf.
(2) Any such Armed Forces as are referred to in clause (1) shall form part of the Armed Forces of the Union.
Jurisdic- tion of the Union in relation to territories outside India.
260. The Government of India may by agreement, with the Government of any territory not being part' of the territory of India undertake any executives- legislative or judicial functions vested in the Govern- ment of such territory, but every such agreement shall be subject to, and governed by, any law relating to the exercise of foreign jurisdiction for the time being in force.
Public acts, records and judicial proceed- ings.
261. (1) Full faith and credit shall be given throughout the territory of India to public acts, records and judicial proceedings of the Union and of every State.
(2) The manner in which and the conditions under which the acts, records and proceedings refer- red to in clause (1) shall be proved and the effect thereof determined shall be as provided by law made by Parliament.
(3) Final judgments or orders delivered or passed -
by civil courts in any part of the territory of India shall be capable of execution anywhere within that territory according to law.
TO QAmWti OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY, NO?. flfy4"#VS THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 123Part XI.—Relations between the Union and the States.—Arts. 262-263.
Disputes relating to Waters
262. (1) Parliament may by law provide for the adjudication of any dispute or complaint with respect to the use, distribution or control of the waters of, or in, any inter-State river or river valley.
Adjudica- tion of disputes relating to waters of inter-State rivers or river valleys (2) Notwithstanding anything in this Constitu- tion, Parliament may by law provide that neither the Supreme Court nor any other court shall exercise jurisdiction in respect of any such dispute or com- plaint as is referred to in clause (1).
Co-ordination between States
263. If at any time it appears to the President that the public interests would be served by the establish- ment of a Council charged with the duty of—
Provisions with res- pect to an Inter-State Council.
(a) inquiring into and advising upon disputes
which may have arisen between States;
(6) investigating and discussing subjects in which some or all of the States, or the Union and one or more of the States, have a common interest; or
(c) making recommendations upon any such subject and, in particular, recommenda- tions for the better co-ordination of policy and action with respect to that subject,
it shall be lawful for the President by order to establish such a Council, and to define the nature of the duties to be performed by it and its organisation and procedure.
3470 3*HE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY, NOV. 26, 1940PART XII
FINANCE, PROPERTY, CONTRACTS AND
SUITS
CHAPTER I.—FINANCE
General
Interpre- tation. 264. In this Part, unless the context otherwise requires,—
(a) "Finance Commission" means a Finance Commission constituted under article 280; (b) "State" does not include a State specified in
Part C of the First Schedule;
(c) references to States specified in Part C of the First Schedule shall include references to any territory specified in Part D of the First Schedule and any other territory comprised within the territory of India but not specified in that Schedule.
265. No tax shall be levied or collected except by authority of law.
' Taxes not to be im- posed save by autho- rity of law. Consoli- dated Funds and public ac- counts of India and o* the .States.
266. (1) Subject to the provisions of article 267 and to the provisions of this Chapter with respect to the assignment of the whole or part of the net pro- ceeds of certain taxes and duties to States, all reve- nues received by the Government of India, all loans raised by that Government by the issue of treasury bills, loans or ways and means advances and all moneys received by that Government in repayment of loans shall form one consolidated fund to be en- titled "the Consolidated Fund of India", and all revenues received by the Government of a State, all loans raised by that Government by the issue of treasury bills, loans or ways and means advances and all moneys received by that Government in re- payment of loans shall form one consolidated fund to be entitled "the Consolidated Fund of the State".
(2) All other public moneys received by or on be- half of the Government of India or the Government of a State shall be credited to the public account of
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTEAOBDINAEY, NOV. 26, 1949 2471 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 125Part XII.—Finance, Property, Contracts and Suits.—
Arts. 266-268.
India or the public account of the State, as the case may be.
(3) No moneys out of the Consolidated Fund of India or the Consolidated Fund of a State shall be appropriated except in accordance with law and for the purposes and in the manner provided in this Constitution.
Contin- gency Fund.
267. (1) Parliament may by law establish a Con- tingency Fund in the nature of an imprest to be entitled "the Contingency Fund of India" into which shall be paid from time to time such sums as may be determined by such law, and the said Fund shall be placed at the disposal of the President to enable advances to be made by him out of such Fund for the purposes of meeting unforeseen expen- diture pending authorisation of such expenditure by Parliament by law under article 115 or article 116.
(2) The Legislature of a State may by law estab- lish a Contingency Fund in the nature of an imprest to be entitled "the Contingency Fund of the State" into which shall be paid from time to time such sums as may be determined by such law, and the said Fund shall be placed at the disposal of the Governor or Rajpramukh of the State to enable ad- vances to be made by him out of such Fund for the purposes of meeting unforeseen expenditure pending authorisation of such expenditure by the Legislature of the State by law under article 205 or article 206.
Distribution of Revenues between the Union and
the States
268. (1) Such stamp duties and such duties of excise on medicinal and toilet preparations as are mentioned in the Union List shall be levied by the Government of India but shall be collected—
Duties levied by the Union but collect- ed and ap- propriated by the States.
(a) in the case where such duties are leviable within any State specified in Part C of the First Schedule, by the Goven ruent of India, and
5472 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTEAORDINABY, NOV. 26, 1949 126 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart XII.—Finance, Property, Contracts and Suits.—
Arts. 268-269.
(b) in other cases, by the States within which
such duties arc respectively leviable.
(2) The proceeds in any financial year of any such duty leviable within any State shall not form part of the ConroM'iicd Fund of India, but shall be assigned to that State.
269. (1) The following duties and taxes shall be levied and collected by the Government of India but shall be assigned to the States in the manner pro- vided in clause (2), namely: —
Taxes levied and •collected by the Union but assigned to the States.
(a) duties in respect of succession to property
other than agricultural land;
(b) estate duty in respect of property other than
agricultural land;
(c) terminal taxes on goods or passengers car-
ried by railway, sea or air;
(d) taxes on railway fares and freights;
(e) taxes other than stamp duties on transac- tions in stock-exchanges and futures markets;
(/) taxes on the sale or purchase of newspapers and on advertisements published therein.
(2) The net proceeds in any financial year of any such duty or tax, except in so far as those pro- ceeds represent proceeds attributable to States specified in Part C of the First Schedule, shall not form part of the Consolidated Fund of India, but shall be assigned to the States within which that duty or tax is leviable in that year, and shall be distributed among those States in accordance with such principles of distribution as may be formula- ted by Parliament by law.
TBTE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTEAOEDINARY, NOV. 26, 1949 2478 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 127Part XII.—Finance, Property,. Contracts and Suits.—
Art. 270.
270. (1) Taxes on income other than agricultural income shall be levied and collected by the Gov- ernment of India and distributed between the Union and the States in the manner provided in clause (2).
Taxes levied and collected by the Union and distributed between the Union and the States.
(2) Such percentage, as may be prescribed, of the net proceeds in any financial year of any such tax, except in so far as those proceeds represent pro- ceeds attributable to States specified in Part C of the First Schedule or to taxes payable in respect of Union emoluments, shall not form part of the Consolidated Fund of India, but shall be assigned to the States within which that tax is leviable in that year, and shall be distributed among those States in such manner and from such time as may be pres- cribed.
(3) For the purposes of clause (2), in each finan- cial year such percentage as may be prescribed of so much of Lhe net proceeds of taxes on income as does not represent the net proceeds of taxes payable in respect of Union emoluments shall be deemed to represent proceeds attributable to States specified in Part C of the First Schedule.
(4) In this article—
(a) "taxes on income" does not include a corpo-
ration tax;
(b) "prescribed" means—
(i) until a Finance Commission has been constituted, prescribed by the Presi- dent by order, and
(ii) after a Finance Commission has been constituted, prescribed by the Presi- dent by order after considering the recommendations of the Finance Com- mission;
(a) "Union emoluments" includes all emolu- ments and pensions payable out of the Consolidated Fund of India in respect of which income-tax is chargeable.
2474 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA BXTBAORDINAEY, NOV. 26, 1049 128 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart XII.—Finance, Property, Contracts and Suits.—
Arts. 271-274.
Surcharge on certain duties and taxes for purposes of the Union.
271. Notwithstanding anything in articles 269 and 270, Parliament may at any time increase any of the duties or taxes referred to in those articles by a surcharge for purposes of the Union and the whole proceeds of any such surcharge shall form part of the Consolidated Fund of India.
Taxes which are levied and collected by the Union and may be distributed between the Union and the States.
272. Union duties of excise other than such duties- of excise on medicinal and toilet preparations as are mentioned in the Union List shall be levied and collected by the Government of India, but, if Par- liament by law so provides, there shall be paid out of the Consolidated Fund of India to the States to which the law imposing the duty extends sums equivalent to the whole or any part of the net pro- ceeds of that duty, and those sums shall be distribu- ted among those States in accordance with such principles of distribution as may be formulated by such law.
Grants in lieu of export duty on jute and jute products.
273. (1) There shall be charged on the Consoli- dated Fund of India in each year as grants-in-aid of the revenues of the States of Assam, Bihar, Orissa and West Bengal, in lieu of assignment of any share of the net proceeds in each year of export duty on jute and jute products to those States, such sums as may be prescribed.
(2) The sums so prescribed shall continue to be charged on the Consolidated Fund of India so long as any export duty on jute or jute products conti- nues to be levied by the Government of India or until the expiration of ten years from the commence- ment of this Constitution, whichever is earlier.
(3) In this article, the expression "prescribed"
has the same meaning as in article 270.
274. (1) No Bill or amendment which imposes or varies any tax or duty in which States are interest- ed, or which varies the meaning of the expression "agricultural income" as defined for the purposes of the enactments relating to Indian income-tax, or which affects the principles on which under any of the foregoing provisions of this Chapter moneys are or may be distributable to States, or which imposes Prior recom- mendation of Presi- dent required to Bills affecting taxation in which States are interested.
T&& G J S ^ B T ^E OP INDIA EXTltAOEDINARl, tfOV. "M, ISM <'SftfiTHE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 129 Part XII.—Finance, Property, Contracts and Suits.—• Arts. 274-275.
any such surcharge for the purposes of the Union as is mentioned in the foregoing provisions of this Chapter, shall be introduced or moved in either House of Parliament except on the recommendation of the President.
(2) In this article, the expression "tax or duty in
which States are interested' means—•
(a) a tax or duty the whole or part of the net proceeds whereof are assigned to any State; or
(6) a tax or duty by reference to the net pro-
ceeds whereof sums are for the time being payable out of the Consolidated Fund of India to any State.
273. (1) Such sums as Parliament may by law Grants from the Union to certain States.
provide shall be charged on the Consolidated Fund of India in each year as grants-in-aid of the reve- nues of such States as Parliament may determine to be in need of assistance, and different sums may be fixed for different States:
Provided that there shall be paid out of the Con-
solidated Fund of India as grants-in-aid of the revenues of a State such capital and recurring sums as may be necessary to enable that State to meet the costs of such schemes of development as may be undertaken by the State with the approval of the Government of India for the purpose of promoting the welfare of the Scheduled Tribes in that State or raising the level of administration of the Scheduled Areas therein to that of the administration of the rest of the areas of that State:
Provided further that there shall be paid out of
the Consolidated Fund of India as grants-in-aid of the revenues of the State of Assam sums, capital and recurring, equivalent to—
(a) the average excess of expenditure over the revenues during the two years immedi- ately preceding the commencement of
$t7fl 'RHE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTKAORDINAEY, NOV. 26, 1949 130 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart XII.—Finance, Property, Contracts and Suits.—
Ads. 275-276.
this Constitution in respect of the admin- istration of the tribal areas specified in Part A of the table appended to para- graph 20 of the Sixth Schedule; and
(h) the costs or such schemes of development as may be undertaken by that State with the approval of the Government of India for the purpose of raising the level of administration of the said areas to that of the administration of the rest of the areas of that State.
(2) Until provision is made by Parliament under clause (1), the powers conferred on Parliament under that clause shall be exercisable by the President by order and any order made by the President under this clause shall have effect subject to any provision so made by Parliament:
Provided that after a Finance Commission has been constituted no order shall be made under this clause by the President except after considering the recommendations of the Finance Commission.
Taxes ou profes- sions, trades, callings and employ- ments.
276. (1) Notwithstanding anything in article 246, no law of the Legislature of a State relating to taxes for the benefit of the State or of a municipality, dis- trict board, local board or other local authority therein in respect of professions, trades, callings or employments shall be invalid on the ground that it relates to a tax on income.
(2) The total amount payable in respect of any one person to the State or to any one municipality, distnct board, local board or other local authority in the State by way of taxes on professions, trades, callings and employments shall not exceed two hun- dred and fifty rupees per annum:
Provided that if in the financial year immediate- ly preceding the commencement of this Constitution there was in force in the case of any State or any such municipality, board or authority a tax on pro- fessions, trades, callings or employments the rate, or the maximum rate, of which exceeded two
THE (U^]ETT/E OF INDIA EXTHAOBDlNARY, NOV. •Sir-*, "#• ^< THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 131Part XII.—Finance, Property, Contracts and Suits.—
Arts. 276-278.
hundred and fifty rupees per annum, such tax may continue to be levied until provision to the contrary is made by Parliament by law, and any law so made by Parliament may be made either generally or in relation to any specified States, municipalities, boards or authorities.
(3) The power of the Legislature of a State to make laws as aforesaid with respect to taxes on professions, trades, callings and employments shall not be construed as limiting in any way the power of Parliament to make laws with respect to taxes on income accruing from or arising out of professions, trades, callings and employments.
Savings.
277. Any taxes, duties, cesses or fees which, imme- diately before the commencement of this Constitu- tion, were being lawfully levied by the Government of any State or by any municipality or other local authority or body for the purposes of the State, municipality, district or other local area may, not- withstanding that those taxes, duties, cesses or fees are mentioned in the Union List, continue to be levied and to be applied to the same purposes until provision to the contrary is made by Parliament by law.
278. (1) Notwithstanding anything in this Consti- tution, the Government of India may, subject to the provisions of clause (2), enter into an agreement with the Government of a State specified in Part B of the First Schedule with respect to—
Agreement with States in Part B of the First Schedule with regard to certain financial matters.
(a) the levy and collection of any tax or duty leviable by the Government of India in such State and for the distribution of the proceeds thereof otherwise than in accord- ance with the provisions of this Chapter;
(b) the grant of any financial assistance by the Government of India to such State in consequence of the loss of any revenue which that State used to derive from any
2478 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTBAOBDINABt, NOV. 26, 1649 132 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart XII.—Finance, Property, Contracts and Suits.—
Arts. 278-279.
tax or duty leviable under this Constitu- tion by the Government of India or from any other sources;
(c) the contribution by such State in respect of any payment made by the Government of India under clause (T) ot article 291,
and, when an agreement is so entered into, the pro- visions of this Chapter shall in relation to such State have effect subject to the terms of such agree- ment.
(2) An agreement entered into under clause (1) shall continue in force for a period not exceeding ten years from the commencement of this Consti- tution :
Provided that the President may at any time after the expiration of five years from such com- mencement terminate or modify any such agree- ment if after consideration of the report of the Finance Commission he thinks it necessary to do so.
< Calculation
of "net proceeds",
•etc.
279. (1) In the foregoing provisions of this Chapter, "net proceeds" means in relation to any tax or duty the proceeds thereof reduced by the cost of collection, and for the purposes of those provisions the net proceeds of any tax or duty, or of any part of any tax or duty, in or attributable to any area shall be ascertained and certified by the Comptroller and Auditor-General of India, whose certificate shall be final.
(2) Subject as aforesaid, and to any other ex- press provision of this Chapter, a law made by Parliament or an order of the President may, in any case where under this Part the proceeds of any duty or tax are, or may be, assigned to any State, provide for the manner in which the proceeds are to be calculated, for the time from or at which and the manner in which any payments are to be made, for the making of adjustments between one financial year and another, and for any other incidental or ancillary matters.
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTEAOEDINABY, NOV. 26, 1949 2470 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 133Part XJI.—Finance, Property, Contracts and Suits.— Arts. 280-281.
Finance Commis- sion.
280. (1) The President shall, within two years from the commencement of this Constitution and there- after at the expiration of every firth year or at such earlier time as the President considers necessary, by order constitute a Finance Commission which shall consist of a Chairman and four other members to be appointed by the President.
(2) Parliament may by law determine the qualifi- cations which shall be requisite tor appointment as members of the Commission and the manner in which they shall be selected.
(3) It shall be the duty of the Commission to
make recommendations to the President as to—
(a) the distribution between the Union and the States of the net proceeds of taxes which are to be, or may be, divided between them under this Chapter and the alloca- tion between the States of the respective shares of such proceeds;
(b) the principles which should govern the grants-in-aid of the revenues of the States out of the Consolidated Fund of India;
(c) the continuance or modification of the terms of any agreement entered into by the Gov- ernment of India with the Government of any State specified in Part B of the First Schedule under clause (T) of article 278 or under article 306; and
(d) any other matter referred to the Commis- sion by the President in the interests of sound finance.
(4) The Commission shall determine their proce- dure and shall have such powers in the perform- ance of their functions as Parliament may by law confer on them.
Recom- mendations of the Finance Commis- sion.
281. The President shall cause every recommenda- tion made by the Finance Commission under the provisions of this Constitution together with an ex- planatory memorandum as to the action taken thereon to be laid before each House of Parliament.
8480 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTBAOBDINABY, NOV. 26, 1949 134 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart XII.—Finance, Property, Contracts and Suits.—
Arts. 282-284.
Miscellaneous Financial Provisions
282. The Union or a State may make any grants for any public purpose, notwithstanding that the pur- pose is not one with respect to which Parliament or the Legislature of the State, as the case may be, may make laws.
Expendi- ture defray- able by the Union or a State out of its revenues.
Custody, etc., of Consoli- dated Funds, Contin- gency Funds and moneys credited to the public accounts.
283. (1) The custody of the Consolidated Fund of India and the Contingency Fund of India, the pay- ment of moneys into such Funds, the withdrawal of moneys therefrom, the custody of public moneys other than those credited to such Funds received by or on behalf of the Government of India, their pay- ment into the public account of India and the with- drawal of moneys from such account and all other matters connected with or ancillary to matters afore- said shall be regulated by law made by Parliament, and, until provision in that behalf is so made, shall be regulated by rules made by the President.
(2) The custody of the Consolidated Fund of a State and the Contingency Fund of a State, the pay- ment of moneys into such Funds, the withdrawal of moneys therefrom, the custody of public moneys other than those credited to such Funds received by or on behalf of the Government of the State, their payment into the public account of the State and the withdrawal of moneys from such account and all other matters connected with or ancillary to matters aforesaid shall be regulated by law made by the Legislature of the State, and, until provision in that behalf is so made, shall be regulated by rules made by the Governor or Rajpramukh of the State.
284. All moneys received by or deposited with—
Custody of suitors' deposits and other moneys received by public servants and courts.
(a) any officer employed in connection with the affairs of the Union or of a State in his capacity as such, other than revenues or public moneys raised or received by the Government of India or the Govern- ment of the State, as the case may be, or
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTBAOEDINABY, NOV. 26, 1949 2481 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 135Part XII.—Finance, Property, Contracts and Suits.—
Arts. 284-286.
(6) any court within the territory of India to the credit of any cause, matter, account or persons,
shall be paid into the public account of India or the public account of the State, as the case may be.
285. (1) The property of the Union shall, save in so Exemption of property of the Union from State taxation.
far as Parliament may by law otherwise provide, be exempt from all taxes imposed by a State or by any authority within a State.
(2) Nothing in clause (1) shall, until Parliament by law otherwise provides, prevent any authority within a State from levying any tax on any property of the Union to which such property was immediately before the commencement of this Constitution liable or treated as liable, so long as that tax continues to be levied in that State.
286. (1) No law of a State shall impose, or autho- rise the imposition of, a tax on the sale or purchase of goods where such sale or purchase takes place—
(a) outside the State; or
Restric- tions as to Imposition of tax on the sale or purchase of goods.
(b) in the course of the import of the goods into, or export of the goods out of, the territory of India.
Explanation.—For the purposes of sub-clause (a), a sale or purchase shall be deemed to have taken place in the State in which the goods have actually been delivered as a direct result of such sale or pur- chase for the purpose of consumption in that State, notwithstanding the fact that under the general law relating to sale of goods the property in the goods has by reason of such sale or purchase passed in another State.
(2) Except in so far as Parliament may by law otherwise provide, no law of a State shall impose, or . authorise the imposition of, a tax on the sale or pur- chase of any goods where such sale or purchase takes place in the course of inter-State trade or commerce:
2482 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA BXTEAOBDINAEY, NOV. 26, 1949 136 'I HE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart XII.—Finance, Property, Contracts and Suits.— Arts. 286-287.
Provided that the President may by order direct that any tax on the sale or purchase of goods which was being lawfully levied by the Government of any State immediately before the commencement of this Constitution shall, notwithstanding that the imposition of such tax is contrary to the provisions of this clause, continue to be levied until the thirty- first day of March, 1951.
(3) No law made by the Legislature of a State imposing, or authorising the imposition of, a tax on the sale or purchase of any such goods as have been declared by Parliament by law to be essential for the life of the community shall have effect unless it has been reserved for the consideration of the Pre- sident and has received his assent.
•Exemption irom taxes on electri- city.
287. Save in so far as Parliament may by law other- wise provide, no law of a State shall impose, or authorise the imposition of, a tax on the consump- tion or sale of electricity (whether produced by a Government or other persons) which is—
(a) consumed by the Government of India, or sold to the Government of India for con- sumption by that Government; or
(b) consumed in the construction, maintenance or operation of any railway by the Gov- ernment of India or a railway company operating that railway, or sold to that Government or any such railway com- pany for consumption in the construc- tion, maintenance or operation of any railway,
and any such law imposing, or authorising the im- position of, a tax on the sale of electricity shall secure that the price of electricity sold to the Gov- ernment of India for consumption by that Govern- ment, or to any such railway company as aforesaid for consumption in the construction, maintenance or operation of any railway, shall be less by the amount of the tax than the price charged to other consumers of a substantial quantity of electricity.
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTEAOEDINAEY, NOV. 26, 1949 248B THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 137Part XII.—Finance, Property, Contracts and Suits.—• Arts. 288-289.
Exemption from taxa- tion by States in respect of water or electricity in certain cases.
288. (1) Save in so far as the President may by order otherwise provide, no law of a State in force immediately before the commencement of this Con- stitution shall impose, or authorise the imposition of, a tax in respect of any water or electricity stored, generated, consumed, distributed or sold by any authority established by any existing law or any law made by Parliament for regulating or developing any inter-State river or river-valley.
Explanation.—The expression "law of a State in force" in this clause shall include a law of a State passed or made before the commencement of this Constitution and not previously repealed, notwith- standing that it or parts of it may not be then in operation either at all or in particular areas.
(2) The Legislature of a State may by law im-
pose, or authorise the imposition of, any such tax as is mentioned in clause (1), but no such law shall have any effect unless it has, after having been reserved for the consideration of the President, re- ceived his assent; and if any such law provides for the fixation of the rates and other incidents of such tax by means of rules or orders to be made under the law by any authority, the law shall provide for the previous consent of the President being obtained to the making of any such rule or order.
289. (1) The property and income of a State shall
be exempt from Union taxation.
Exemption of property and income* of a State from Uniomi taxation.
(2) Nothing in clause (1) shall prevent the Union from imposing, or authorising the imposition of, any tax to such extent, if any, as Parliament may by law provide in respect of a trade or business of any kind carried on by, or on behalf of, the Government of a State, or any operations connected therewith, or any property used or occupied for the purposes of such trade or business, or any income accruing or arising in connection therewith.
(3) Nothing in clause (2) shall apply to any trade or business, or to any class of trade or business, which Parliament may by law declare to be inci- dental to the ordinary functions of government.
2484 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY, NOV. 26, 1949 138 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart XII.—Finance, Property, Contracts and Suits.—
Arts. 290-291.
Adjust- ment in respect of certain expenses and pen- sions.
290. Where under the provisions of this Constitu- tion the expenses of any court or Commission, or the pension payable to or in respect of a person who has served before [he commencement of this Consti- tution under the Crown in India or after such com- mencement in connection with the affairs of the Union or of a State, are charged on the Consolidat- ed Fund of India or the Consolidated Fund of a State, then, if—
(a) in the case of a charge on the Consolidated Fund of India, the court or Commission serves any of the separate needs of a State, or the person has served wholly or in part in connection with the affairs of a State; or
(6) in the case of a charge on the Consolidated Fund of a State, the court or Commission serves any of the separate needs of the Union or another State, or the person has served wholly or in part in connection with the affairs of the Union or another State,
there shall be charged on and paid out of the Conso- lidated Fund of the State or, as the case may be, the Consolidated Fund of India or the Consolidated Fund of the other State, such contribution in respect of the expenses or pension as may be agreed, or as may in default of agreement be determined by an arbitrator to be appointed by the Chief Justice of India.
Privy purse Bums of Kulers.
291. (1) Where under any covenant or agreement entered into by the Ruler of any Indian State before the commencement of this Constitution, the payment of any sums, free of tax, has been guaranteed or assured by the Government of the Dominion of India to any Ruler of such State as privy purse—
(a) such sums shall be charged on, and paid out of, the Consolidated Fund of India; and
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAOEDINABY, NOV. 26, 1949 2485 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 139Part XII.—Finance, Property, Contracts and Suits.—
Arts. 291-293.
(6) the sums so paid Lo any Ruler shall be
exempt from all taxes on income.
(2) Where the territories of any such Indian State as aforesaid are comprised within a State specified in Part A or Part B of the First Schedule, there shall be charged on, and paid out of, the Consoli- dated Fund of that State such contribution, if any, in respect of the payments made by the Govern- ment of India under clause (1) and for such period as may, subject to any agreement entered into in that behalf under clause (1) of article 278, be deter- mined by order of the President.
CHAPTER II.—BORROWING
Borrowing by the Gov- ernment of India.
292. The executive power of the Union extends to borrowing upon the security of the Consolidated Fund of India within such limits, if any, as may from time to time be fixed by Parliament by law and to the giving of guarantees within such limits, if any, as mav be so fixed.
Borrowing
by States.
293. (1) Subject to the provisions of this article, the executive power of a State extends to borrowing within the territory of India upon the security of the Consolidated Fund of the State within such limits, if any, as may from time to time be fixed by the Legislature of such State by law and to the giving of guarantees within such limits, if any, as may be so fixed.
(2) The Government of India may, subject to such conditions as may be laid down by or under any law made by Parliament, make loans to any State or, so long as any limits fixed under article 292 arc not exceeded, give guarantees in respect of loans raised by any State, and any sums required for the purpose of making such loans shall be charged on the Consolidated Fund of India.
(3) A State may not without the consent of the Government of India raise any loan if there is still outstanding any part of a loan which has been made to the State by the Government of India or
24B6 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTBAORDINABY, NOV. 26, 1949 HO THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart XII.—-Finance, Property, Contracts and Suits.—
Arts. 293-295.
by its predecessor Government, or in respect of which a guarantee has been given by the Government of India or by its predecessor Government.
(4) A consent under clause (3) may be granted subject to such conditions, if any, as the Government of India may think fit to impose.
CHAPTER III.—PROPERTY, CONTRACTS, RIGHTS, LIABILITIES, OBLIGATIONS AND SUITS
294. As from the commencement of this Constitu-
tion—
Succes- sion to property, assets, rights, liabilities and obli- gations in certain cases.
(a) all property and assets which immediately before such commencement were vested in His Majesty for the purposes of the Government of the Dominion of India and all property and assets which immediately before such commencement were vested in His Majesty for the purposes of the Gov- ernment of each Governor's Province shall vest respectively in the Union and the corresponding State, and
(b) all rights, liabilities and obligations of the Government of the Dominion of India and of the Government of each Governor's Province, whether arising out of any contract or otherwise, shall be the rights,, liabilities and obligations respectively of the Government of India and the Govern- ment of each corresponding State,
subject to any adjustment made or to be made by reason of the creation before the commencement of this Constitution of the Dominion of Pakistan or of the Provinces of West Bengal, East Bengal, West Punjab and East Punjab.
295. (1) As from the commencement of this
Constitution—
Succession to proper- ty, asseta, rights, liabilities and obliga- tions in other cases.
(a) all property and assets which immediately before such commencement were vested in any Indian State corresponding to a State specified in Part B of the First Schedule
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA. EXTBAOEDINABY, NOV. 26, 1949 2487 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDTA 141Part XII.—Finance, Property, Contracts and Suits.—
Arts. 295-296.
shall vest in the Union, if the purposes for which such property and assets were held immediately before such commencement will thereafter be purposes of the Union relating to any of the matters enumerated in the Union List, and
(fy all rights, liabilities and obligations of the Government of any Indian State corres- ponding to a State specified in Part B of the First Schedule, whether arising out of any contract or otherwise, shall be the rights, liabilities and obligations of the Government of India, if the purposes for which such rights were acquired or liabi- lities or obligations were incurred before such commeocemeni will thereafter be purposes of the Government of India relating to any of the matters enumerated in the Union List,
subject to any agreement entered into in that behalf by the Government of Tndia with the Government of -that State.
(2) Subject as aforesaid, the Government of each State specified in Part B of the First Schedule shall, as from the commencement of this Constitution, be the successor of the Government of the corresponding Indian State as regards all property and assets and all rights, liabilities and obligations, whether arising out of any contract or otherwise, other than those referred to in clause (1).
Property accruing by escheat or lapse or as bona vacantia. 296, Subject as hereinafter provided, any property in the territory of India which, if this Constitution had not come into operation, would have accrued to His Majesty or, as the case may be, to the Ruler of an Indian State by escheat or lapse, or as bona vacantia for want of a rightful owner, shall, if it is property situate in a State, vest in such State, and shall, in any other case, vest in the Union:
Provided that any property which at the date when it would have so accrued to His Majesty or to
3488 THE G-AZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINABY, NOV. 26, *LM9 142 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart XII.—Finance, Property, Contracts and Suits.—
Arts. 296-200.
the Ruler of an Indian State was in the possession or under the control of the Government of India or the Government of a State shall, according as the pur- poses for which it was ther\ used or held were pur- poses of the Union or of a State, vest in the Union or in that State.
Explanation.—In this article, the expressions "Ruler" and "Indian State" have the same meanings as in article 363.
297. All lands, minerals and other things of value underlying the ocean within the territorial waters of India shall vest in the Union and be held for the pur- poses of the Union.
Things ol value lying within territorial waters to vest in the Union.
Power to acquire property.
298. (1) The executive power of the Union and of each State shall extend, subject to any law made by the appropriate Legislature, to the grant, sale, disposition or mortgage of any property held for the purposes of the Union or of such State, as the case may be, and to the purchase or acquisition of pro- perty for those purposes respectively, and to the making of contracts.
(2) All property acquired for the purposes of the Union or ol a State shall vest in the Union or in such State, as the case may be.
Contracts. 299. (1) All contracts made in the exercise of the executive power of the Union or of a State shall be expressed to be made by the President, or by the Governor or the Rajpramukh of the State, as the case may be, and all such contracts and all assurances of property made in the exercise of that power shall be executed on behalf of the President or the Gover- nor or the Rajpramukh by such persons and in such manner as he may direct or authorise.
(2) Neither the President nor the Governor nor the Rajpramukh shall be personally liable in respect of any contract or assurance made or executed for the purposes of this Constitution, or for the purposes of any enactment relating to the government of India
/TCfeE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAOBDINAEY, NOV. 26, 1949 2489" THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 143Part XII.—Finance, Property, Contracts and Suits.—
Arts. 299-3004
heretofore in force, nor shall any person making or executing any such contract or assurance on behalf of any of them be personally liable in respect there- of.
Suits and proceed- ings.
300. (1) The Government of India may sue or be sued by the name of the Union of India and the Government of a State may sue or be sued by the name of the State and may, subject to any provi- sions which may be made by Act of Parliament or of the Legislature of such State enacted by virtue of powers conferred by this Constitution, sue or be sued in relation to their respective affairs in the like cases as the Dominion of India and the corresponding Provinces or the corresponding Indian States might have sued or been sued if this Constitution had not been enacted.
(2) If at the commencement of this Constitution—
(a) any legal proceedings are pending to which the Dominion of India is a party, the Union of India shall be deemed to be sub- stituted for the Dominion in those pro- ceedings; and
(b) any legal proceedings are pending to which a Province or an Indian State is a party, the corresponding State shall be deemed to be substituted for the Province or the Indian State in those proceedings.
WO TJ3CS GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTBAOKDINABY, NOV. 26, W"PART XIII
TRADE, COMMERCE AND INTERCOURSE WITHIN THE TERRITORY OF INDIA
301. Subject to the other provisions of this Part, trade, commerce and intercourse throughout the territory of India shall be free.
Freedom of trade, commerce and inter- course.
302. Parliament may by law impose such restric- tions on the freedom of trade, commerce or inter- course between one State and another or within any part of the territory of India as may be required in the public interest.
Power of Parliament to impose restrictions on trade, commerce aad inter- course.
Restric- tions on the legislative powers of the Union and of the States with regard to trade and commerce.
303. (i) Notwithstanding anything in article 302, neither Parliament nor the Legislature of a State shall have power to make any law giving, or autho- rising the giving of, any preference tt one State over another, or making, or authc ising the making of, any discrimination between one State and another, by virtue of any entry relating to trade and com- merce in any of the Lists in the Seventh Schedule.
(2) Nothing in clause (1) shall prevent Parliament from making any law giving, or authorising the giving of, any preference or making, or authorising the making of, any discrimination if it is declared by such law that it is necessary to do so for the purpose of dealing with a situation arising from scarcity of goods in any part of the territory of India.
304. Notwithstanding anything in article 301 or
article 303, the Legislature of a State may by law—
Restric- tions on trade, com- merce and intercourse among States.
(a) impose on goods imported from other States any tax to which similar goods manufac- tured or produced in that State are subject, so, however, as not to discrimi- nate between goods so imported and goods so manufactured or produced; and
(b) impose such reasonable restrictions on the freedom of trade, commerce or inter- course with or within that State as may be required in the public interest:
TBfe GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTJtAOBDINAKY, NOV. 28, 1949 249JTHE CONS1ITUTION OF INDIA 145
Part XIII.—Trade, Commerce and Intercourse within
the Territory of India.—Arts. 304-307.
Provided that no Bill or amendment for the pur- poses of clause (6) shall be introduced or moved in ,the Legislature of a State without the previous sanction of the President.
305. Nothing in articles 301 and 303 shall affect the provisions of any existing law except in so far as the President may by order otherwise provide.
Effect of articles 301 and 303 on existing laws.
Power of certain States in Part B of the First Schedule to impose restrictions on trade and commerce.
306. Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing provisions of this Part or in any other provisions of (this Constitution, any State specified in Part B of the First Schedule which before the commencement of this Constitution was levying any tax or duty on the import of goods into the State from other States or on the export of goods from the State to other States may, if an agreement in that behalf has been entered into between the Government of India and [the Government of that State, continue to levy and collect such tax or duty subject to the terms of such agreement and for such period not exceeding ten years from the commencement of this Constitu- tion as may be specified in the agreement:
Provided that the President may at any time after the expiration of five years from such commen- cement terminate or modify any such agreement if, after consideration of the report of the Finance Com- mission constituted under article 280, he thinks it necessary to do so.
307, Parliament may by law appoint such autho- rity as it considers appropriate for carrying out the purposes of articles 301, 302, 303 and 304, and confer on the authority so appointed such powers and such duties as it thinks necessary.
Appoint- ment of authority for carry- ing out the purposes of articles 301 to 304.
5^02 JEHE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTEAOKDINAET, NOV, 26, 1949PART XIV
SERVICES UNDER THE UNION AND THE STATES
CHAPTER I.—SERVICES
Interpre-
tation. 308. In this Part, unless the context otherwise re- quires, the expression "State" means a State speci- fied in Part A or Part B of the First Schedule.
309. Subject to the provisions of this Constitution, Acts of the appropriate Legislature may regulate the recruitment, and conditions of service of persons appointed, to public services and posts in connec- tion with the affairs of the Union or of any State:
Recruit- ment and conditions of service of persons serving the Union or a State.
Provided that it shall be competent for the Pre- sident or such person as he may direct in the case of services and posts in connection with the affairs of the Union, and for the Governor or Rajpramukh of a State or such person as he may direct in the case of services and posts in connection with the affairs of the State, to make rules regulating the recruit- ment, and the conditions of service of persons ap- pointed, to such services and posts until provision in that behalf is made by or under an Act of the- appropriate Legislature under this article, and any, rules so made shall have effect subject to the provi- sions of any such Act.
Tenure of office of persons serving the Union or a State.
310. (i) Except as expressly provided by this Constitution, every person who is a member of a defence service or of a civil service of the Union or of an all-India service or holds any post connected with defence or any civil post under the Union, holds office during the pleasure of the President, and every person who is a member of a civil service of a State or holds any civil post under a State holds office during the pleasure of the Governor or, as the case may be, the Rajpramukh of the State.
(2) Notwithstanding that a person holding a civil post under the Union or a State holds office during the pleasure of the President or, as the case may be, of the Governor or Rajpramukh of the State, any
TJFTTC GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTEAORDINAEY, NOV. 26, 1949 249$THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 147 Part XIV.—Services under the Union and the States.—Arts. 310-311.
contract under which a person, not being a member of a defence service or of an all-India service or of a civil service of the Union or a State, is appointed under this Constitution to hold such a post may, if the President or the Governor or the Kajpramukh, as the case may be, deems it necessary in order to secure the services of a person having special quali- fications, provide for the payment to him of com- pensation, if before the expiration of an agreed period that post is abolished or he is, for reasons not connected with any misconduct on his part, required to vacate that post.
311. (1) No person who is a member of a civil service of the Union or an all-India service or a civil service of a State or holds a civil post under the Union or a State shall be dismissed or removed by an authority subordinate to that by which he was appointed.
Dismissal,
removal or
reduction
in rank ol
persons
employed
in civil
capacities
under the
Union or
a State.
(2) No such person as aforesaid shall be dis- missed or removed or reduced in rank until he has been given a reasonable opportunity of showing cause against the action proposed to be taken in regard to him:
Provided that this clause shall not apply—
(a) where a person is dismissed or removed or reduced in rank on the ground of con- duct which has led to his conviction on a criminal charge;
(&) where an authority empowered to dismiss or remove a person or to reduce him in rank is satisfied that for some reason, to be recorded by that authority in writing, it is not reasonably practicable to give to that person an opportunity of showing cause; or
(c) where the President or Governor or Rajpra- mukh, as the case may be, is satisfied that in the interest of the security of the State it is not expedient to give to that person such an opportunity.
34#4 WE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAOEDHSTABY, NOV. 26, 1949 148 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart XIV.—Services under the Union and the States.—Arts. 311-314.
(3) If any question arises whether it is reasonably practicable to give to any person an opportunity of showing cause under clause (2),, the decision thereon of the authority empowered to dismiss or remove such person or to reduce him in rank, as the case may be, shall be final.
All-India services.
312. (1) Notwithstanding anything in Part XI, if the Council of States has declared by resolution supported by not less than two-thirds of the mem- bers present and voting that it is necessary or expe- dient in the national interest so to do, Parliament may by law provide for the creation of one or more all-India services common to the Union and the States, and, subject to the other provisions of this Chapter, regulate the recruitment, and the conditions of service of persons appointed, to any such service.
(2) The; services known at the commencement of this Consti nation as the Indian Administrative Ser- vice and the Indian Police Service shall be deemed to be services created by Parliament UIIU'.T this article.
Transi- tional provisions.
313. Until other provision is made in this behalf under this Constitution, all the laws in force imme- diately before the commencement of this Constitu- tion and applicable to any public service or any post which continues to exist after the commencement of this Constitution, as an all-India service or as service or post under the Union or a State shall continue in force so far as consistent with the provisions of this Constitution.
Provision for protec- tion of existing officers of certain eer vices.
314. Except as otherwise expressly provided by this Constitution, every person who having been appointed by the Secretary of State or Secretary of State in Council to a civil service of the Crown in India continues on and after the commencement of this Constitution to serve under the Government of India or of a State shall be entitled to receive from the Government of India and the Government of the State, which he is from time to time serving, the same conditions of service as respects remuneration.
^ HE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTBAORDINAKY, NOV. 26, 1949 2495 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA ' 1 49Part XIV.—Services under the Union and the States.—Arts. 314-316.
leave and pension, and the same riff'- as aspects disciplinary matters or rights as similar thereto as changed circumstances may permit as that person was entitled to immediately before such coiiinence- ment.
CHAPTER II.—PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSIONS
315. (1) Subject to the provisions of this article, there shall be a Public Service Commission for the Union and a Public Sei\icc Corniruss^n for each State.
Public Service Commis- sions for tne Union and for the States.
(2) Two or more States may agree that there shall be one Public Service Commission [or that group of States, and if a resolution to thai effort is passed by the House or, where Lhere °re two Houses, by each House of the Legislature ci c\cu cf thos° States, Parliament may by law provide for the appointment of a Joint State Public Service Commission (referred to in this Chapter as Joint Commission) to serve the needs of those States.
(3) Any such law as aforesaid may contain such incidental and consequential provisions as may be necessary or desirable for giving effect to the pur- poses of the law.
(4) The Public Service Commission for the Union, if requested so to do by the Governor or Rajpra- mukh of a State, may, with the approval of the President, agree to serve all or any of the needs of the State.
(5) References in this Constitution to the Union Public Service Commission or a State Public Service Commission shall, unless the context otherwise re- quires, be construed as references to the Commission serving the needs of the Union or, as the case may be, the State as respects the particular matter in question.
Appoint- ment and term of office of members.
316. (1) The Chairman and other members of a Public Service Commission shall be appointed, in the case of the Union Commission or a Joint Commis- sion, by the President, and in the case of a State
10 A Jti GAZETTE OF, INDIA EXTRAORDINAEY, NOV. 26, 1949 160 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart XIV.—Services under the Union and the
States.—Arts. 316-317.
Commission, by the Governor or Rajpramukh of the State:
Provided that as nearly as may be one-half of the members of every Public Service Commission shall be persons who at the dates of their respective appointments have held office for at least ten years either under the Government of India or under the Government of a State, and in computing the said period of ten years any period before the commence- ment of this Constitution during which a person has held office under the Crown in India or under the Government of an Indian State shall be included.
(2) A member of a Public Service Commission shall hold office for a term of six years from the date on which he enters upon his office or until he attains, in the case of the Union Commission, the age of sixty-five years, and in the case of a State Commis- sion or a Joint Commission, the age of sixty years, whichever is earlier:
Provided that—
(a) a member of a Public Service Commission may, by writing under his hand address- ed, in ttje case of the Union Commission or a Joint Commission, to the President, and in the case of a State Commission, to the Governor or Rajpramukh of the State, resign his office;
(b) a member of a Public Service Commission may be removed from his " office in the manner provided in clause (1) or clause (3) of article 317.
(3) A person who holds office as a member of a Public Service Commission shall, on the expiration of his term of office, be ineligible for re-appointment to that office.
317. (1) Subject to the provisions of clause (3), the Chairman or any other member of a Public Service Commission shall only be removed from his office by order of the President on the ground of mis- behaviour after the Supreme Court, on reference Removal and sus- pension of a member of a Public Service Conunia- sion.
RHE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTBAOBDINABY, NOV. 26, 1949 24&7THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 161
Part XIV.—Services under the Union and the
States.—Art. 317.
being made to it by the President, has, on inquiry held in accordance with the procedure prescribed in that behalf under article 145, reported that the Chairman or such other member, as the case may be, ought on any such ground to be removed.
(2) The President, in the case of the Union Com- mission or a Joint Commission, and the Governor or Rajpramukh, in the case of a State Commission, may suspend from office the Chairman or any other member of the Commission in respect of whom a reference has been made to the Supreme Court under clause (1) until the President has passed orders on receipt of the report of the Supreme Court on such reference.
(3) Notwithstanding anything in clause (1), the • President may by order remove from office the Chairman or any other member of a Public Service Commission if the Chairman or such other member, as the case may be,—
(a) is adjudged an insolvent; or
(b) engages during his term of office in any paid employment outside the duties of his office; or
(c) is, in the opinion of the President, unfit to continue in office by reason of infirmity of mind or body.
(4) If the Chairman or any other member of a Public Service Commission is or becomes in any way concerned or interested in any contract or agreement made by or on behalf of the Government of India or the Government of a State or participates in any way in the profit thereof or in any benefit or emolument arising therefrom otherwise than as a member and in common with the other members of an incorporated company, he shall, for the purposes of clause (i), be deemed to be guilty of misbehaviour.
24ti8 THE GAZETTE OV INDIA EXTBAORDJNAEY, NOV 2(J, 1949 1^2 THE CONS 11 TUT ION OF INDIAPart XIV.—-Services under the Union and the States.—Arts. 318-319.
318. In the case of the Union Commission or a Joint Commission, the President and, in the case of a State Commission, the Governor or Rajpramukh of the State may by regulations—
Power to make regu- lations as to conditions of service of mem- bers and staff of the Com- mission.
{a) determine the number of members of the Commission and their conditions of ser- vice; and
(6) make provision with respect to the number
of members of the staff of the Commis- sion and their conditions of service:
Provided that the conditions of service of a member of a Public Service Commission shall not be varied to his disadvantage after his appointment.
319. On ceasing to hold office—
(a) the Chairman of the Union Public Service Commission shall be ineligible for further employment either under the Govern- ment of India or under the Government of a State;
Prohibition as to the holding of offlops by members of Commis- sion on ceasing to be such members.
(b) the Chairman of a State Public Service Com- mission shall be eligible for appointment as the Chairman or any other member of the Union Public Service Commission or as the Chairman of any other State Public Service Commission, but not for any other employment either under the Government of India or under the Gov- ernment of a State;
(c) a member other than the Chairman of the Union Public Service Commission shall be eligible for appointment as the Chair- man of the Union Public Service Com- mission or as the Chairman of a State Public Service Commission, but not for any other employment either under the Government of India or unoYr the Government of a State;
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTBAOBDINARY, NOV. 26, 1949 2469 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 153Part XIV.—Services under the Union and the States.—Arts. 319-320.
eligible for appointment as the Chairman or any other member of the Union Public Service Commission or as the Chairman of that or any other State Public Ser- vice Commission, but not for any other employment either under the Govern- ment of India or under the Government of a State.
Functions of Public Service Commis- sions.
320. (1) It shall be the duty of the Union and the State Public Service Commissions to conduct exa- minations for appointments to the services of the Union and the services of the State respectively.
(2) It shall also be the duty of the Union Public Service Commission, if requested by any two or more States so to do, to assist those States in framing and operating schemes of joint recruitment for any ser- vices for which candidates possessing special quali- fications are required.
(3) The Union Public Service Commission or the State Public Service Commission, as the case may be, shall be consulted—
(a) on all matters relating to methods of recruit- ment to civil services and for civil posts;
(b) on the principles to be followed in making appointments to civil services and posts and in making promotions and transfers from one service to another and on the suitability of candidates for such appoint- ments, promotions or transfers;
(c) on all disciplinary matters affecting a person serving under the Government of India or the Government of a Slate in a civil capacity, including memorials or peti- tions relating to such matters;
id) on any claim by cr m respect of a person who is serving or has served under the Government of Intr'a or tha Government of a Stole <"v unde1" ihe Crown in Irdia or under the Government ol an Indian
3500 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTBAOBDINABY, NOV.. 26, 1949 154 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart XIV.—Services under the Union and the
States.-^Art. 320.
State, in a civil capacity, that any costs incurred by him in defending legal pro- ceedings instituted against him in respect of acts done or purporting to be done in the execution of his duty should be paid out of the Consolidated Fund of India, or, as the case may be, out of the Consolidated Fund of the State;
(e) on any claim for the award of a pension in respect of injuries sustained by a person while serving under the Government of India or the Government of a State or under the Crown in India or under the Government of an Indian State, in a civil capacity, and any question as to the amount of any such award,
and it shall be the duty of a Public Service Com- mission to advise on any matter so referred to them and on any other matter which the President, or, as the case may be, the Governor or Rajpramukh of the State, may refer to them:
Provided that the President as respects the all- India services and also as respects other services and posts in connection with the affairs of the Union, and the Governor or Rajpramukh, as the case may be, as respects other services and posts in connection with the affairs of a State, may make regulations specifying the matters in which either generally, or in any particular class of case or in any particular circumstances, it shall not be necessary for a Public Service Commission to be consulted.
(4) Nothing in clause (3) shall require a Public Service Commission to be consulted as respects the manner in which any provision referred to in clause (4) of article 16 may be made or as respects the manner in which effect may be given to the provi- sions of article 335.
(5) All regulations made under the proviso to clause (3) by the President or the Governor or Rajpramukh of a State shall be laid for not less than
"THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTBAOEDINAET, NOV^ 26, 1949 25011 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 156Part XIV.—Services under the Union and the States.—Arts. 320-323.
fourteen days before each House of Parliament or the House or each House of the Legislature of the State, as the case may be, as soon as possible after they are made, and shall be subject to such modifica- tions, whether by way of repeal or amendment, as both Houses of Parliament or the House or both Houses of the Legislature of the State may make •during the session in which they are so laid.
Power to extend functions of Public Service Com- missions.
321. An Act made by Parliament or, as the case may be, the Legislature of a State may provide for the exercise of additional functions by the Union Public Service Commission or the State Public Ser- vice Commission as respects the services of the Union or the State and also as respects the services of any local authority or other body corporate con- stituted by law or of any public institution.
Expenses of Public Service Com- missions.
322. The expenses of the Union or a State Public Service Commission, including any salaries, allow- ances and pensions payable to or m respect of the members or staff of the Commission, shall be charg- ed on the Consolidated Fund of India or, as the case may be, the Consolidated Fund of the State.
Reports of Public Ser. vice Com- missions.
323. (1) It shall be the duty of the Union Commis- sion to present annually to the President a report as tto the work done by the Commission and on receipt of such report the President shall cause a copy there- of together with a memorandum explaining, as res- pects the cases, if any, where the advice of the Com- mission was not accepted, the reasons for such non- acceptance to be laid before each House of Parlia- ment.
(2) It shall be the duty of a State Commission to present annually to the Governor or Rajpramukh of the State a report as to the work done by the Com- mission, and it shall be the duty of a Joint Commis- sion to present annually to the Governor or Rajpra- mukh of each of the States the needs of which are served by the Joint Commission a report as to the work done by the Commission in relation to that
2502 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTBAORDINAEY, NOV. 26, 1949 156 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart XIV.—Services under the Union and the
States.—Art. 323.
State, and in either case the Governor or Rajpra- mukh, as the case may be, shall, on receipt of such report, cause a copy thereof together with a memo- randum explaining, as respects the cases, if any, where the advice of the Commission was not accept- ed, the reasons for such non-acceptance to be laid before the Legislature of the State.
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTEAOBDINABY, NOV^ 26, 1949 2508PART XV
ELECTIONS
Superin- tendence, direction and control of elections to be vested in an Election Commis- sion.
324. (i) The superintendence, direction and con- trol of the preparation of the electoral rolls for, and the conduct of, all elections to Parliament and to the Legislature of every State and of elections to the offices of President and Vice-President held under this Constitution, including the appointment of elec- tion tribunals for the decision of doubts and disputes arising out of or in connection with elections to Par- liament and to the Legislatures of States shall be vested in a Commission (referred to in this Constitu- tion as the Election Commission).
(2) The Election Commission shall consist of the Chief Election Commissioner and such number of other Election Commissioners, if any, as the Presi- dent may from time to time fix and the appointment of the Chief Election Commissioner and other Elec- tion Commissioners shall, subject to the provisions of any law made in that behalf by Parliament, be made by the President.
(3) When any other Election Commissioner is so appointed the Chief Election Commissioner shall act as the Chairman of the Election Commission.
(4) Before each general election to the House of the People and to the Legislative Assembly of each State, and before the first general election and there- after before each biennial election to the Legislative Council of each State having such Council, the Presi- dent may also appoint after consultation with the Election Commission such Regional Commissioners as he may consider necessary to assist the Election Commission in the performance of the functions con- ferred on the Commission by clause (1).
(5) Subject to the provisions of any law made by Paiiiaiiienl, the conditions of setvice and tenure of ofr-cc r[ the Election Commissioners and the Regional Ccmrnissionej^ srnll be such as the Pr^id":^ ~rpy ^v rvln de^rmirip:
Provcled ^vu the Chief Ejection Commissionci shall not be removed fiom his office except in like
2504 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY, NOV. 20, 1949 158 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart XV.—Elections.—Arts. 324-327.
manner and on the like grounds as a Judge of the Supreme Court and the conditions of service of the Chief Election Commissioner shall not be varied to his disadvantage after his appointment:
Provided further that any other Election Com- missioner or a Regional Commissioner shall not be removed from office except on the recommendation of the Chief Election Commissioner.
(6) The President, or the Governor or Rajpramukh of a State, shall, when so requested by the Election Commission, make available to the Election Com- mission or to a Regional Commissioner such staff as may be necessary for the discharge of the functions conferred on the Election Commission by clause (1).
325. There shall be one general electoral roll for every territorial constituency for election to either House of Parliament or to the House or either House of the Legislature of a State and no person shall be ineligible for inclusion in any such roll or claim to be included in any special electoral roll for any such, constituency on grounds only of religion, race, caste, sex or any of them.
No person to be Ineligible for inclu- sion in, or to claim to be in- cluded in a special, electoral roll on grounds of religion, race, caste or sex.
Elections to the House of the People and to the Legislative Assemblies of States to be on the basis of adult suffrage.
326. The elections to the House of the People and to the Legislative Assembly of every State shall be on the basis of adult suffrage; that is to say, every person who is a citizen of India and who is not less than twenty-one years of age on such date as may be fixed in that behalf by or under any law made by the appropriate Legislature and is not otherwise disqualified under this Constitution or any law made by the appropriate Legislature on the ground of non- residence, unsoundness of mind, crime or corrupt or illegal practice, shall be entitled to be registered as a voter at any such election.
327. Subject to the provisions of this Constitution, Parliament may from time to time by law make provision with respect to all matters relating to, or in connection with, elections to either House of Parlia- ment or to the House or either House of the Legisla- ture of a State including the preparation of electoral Power of Parliament to make provision with res- pect to elections to Legisla- tures.
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTEAOBDINABY, NOV. 26, 1949 2505' THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 159Part XV.—Elections—Arts. 327-329.
rolls, the delimitation of constituencies and all other matters necessary for securing the due constitution of such House or Houses.
Power of Legislature- of a State to make provision with res- pect to elections to such Legisla- ture.
328. Subject to the provisions of this Constitution and in so far as provision in that behalf is not made by Parliament, the Legislature of a State may from time to time by law make provision with respect to all matters relating to, or in connection with, the elections to the House or either House of the Legisla- ture of the State including the preparation of electo- ral rolls and all other matters necessary for securing the due constitution of such House or Houses.
329. Notwithstanding anything in this Constitu-
tion^
Bar to interfer- ence by courts to electoral matters.
(a) the validity of any law relating to the delimi- tation of constituencies or the allotment of seats to such constituencies, made or purporting to be made under article 327 or article 328, shall not be called in ques- tion in any court;
(b) no election to either House of Parliament or to the House or either House of the Legis- lature of a State shall be called in question except by an election petition presented to such authority and in such manner as may be provided for by or under any law made by the appropriate Legislature.
2B06 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAOEDINAEY, NOV. 26, 1049PART XVI SPECIAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO CERTAIN CLASSES
330. (i) Seats shall be reserved in the House of the
People for—
(a) the Scheduled Castes;
(b) the Scheduled Tribes except the Scheduled
Tribes in the tribal areas of Assam; and
Reserva- tion of seats for Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes in the House of the People.
(c) the Scheduled Tribes in the autonomous
districts of Assam.
(2) The number of seats reserved in any State for the Scheduled Castes or the Scheduled Tribes under clause (1) shall bear, as nearly as may be, the same proportion to the total number of seats allotted to that State in the House of the People as the popula- tion of the Scheduled Castes in the State or of the Scheduled Tribes in the State or part of the State, as the case may be, in respect of which seats are so reserved, bears to the total population of the State.
331. Notwithstanding anything in article 81, the President may, if he is of opinion that the Anglo- Indian community is not adequately represented in the House of the People, nominate not more than two members of that community to the House of the People.
Represen- tation of the Anglo- Indian com- munity in the House of the People.
332. (1) Seats shall be reserved for the Scheduled Castes and the Scheduled Tribes, except the Sche- duled Tribes in the tribal areas of Assam, in the Legislative Assembly of every State specified in Part A or Part B of the First Schedule.
Reserva- tion of seats for Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes in the Legis- lative As- semblies of the States.
(2) Seats shall be reserved also for the autono- mous districts in the Legislative Assembly of the Stale of Assam.
('',) The number of seals reserved for the Sche- dule! Ca^t/js or the Scheduled Tribes in the Legisla- tive Assembly of 'any State under clause (1) shall b:;i<: T":. ivarly :,s may be, the sam^ proportion lo tl: . l"'l "-i^n! "r of S-.'O'J "'"> ihe A.<,'.;~m*/"y as the po :.;'.i V'.o'n of th'j Scheduled Cnst^s hi Ik,. 'Scr.te or
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTBAOEDINABY, NOV. 26, 1049 2807 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 161Part XVI.—Special Provisions relating to certain
Classes.-—Arts. 332-334.
of the Scheduled Tribes in the State or part of the State, as the case may be, in respect of which seats are so reserved, bears to the total population of the State.
(4) The number of seats reserved for an auto- nomous district in the Legislative Assembly of the State of Assam shall bear to the total number of seats in that Assembly a proportion not less than the population of the district bears to the total popula- tion of the State.
(5) The constituencies for the seats reserved for any autonomous district of Assam shall not comprise any area outside that district except in the case of the constituency comprising the cantonment and municipality of Shillong.
(6) No person who is not a member of a Scheduled Tribe of any autonomous district of the State of Assam shall be eligible for election to the Legislative Assembly of the State from any constituency of that district except from the constituency comprising the cantonment and municipality of Shillong.
Representa- tion of the Anglo- Indian community in the Legislative Assemblies of the States.
333. Notwithstanding anything in article 170, the Governor or Rajpramukh of a State may, if he is of opinion that the Anglo-Indian community needs re- presentation in the Legislative Assembly of the State and is not adequately represented therein, nominate such number of members of the community to the Assembly as he considers appropriate.
334. Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing provisions of this Part the provisions of this Cons- titution relating to—
Reserva- tion of seats and special re- presenta- tion to cease after ten years.
(a) the reservation of seats for the Scheduled Castes and the Scheduled Tribes in the House of the People and in the Legisla- tive Assemblies of the States; and
(6) the representation of ihe ^Anglo-Indian com- munity in the House of the People and in the Legislative Assemblies of the States by nomination,
•2608 FHE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY, NOV. 26, 1 9 4 ^' 162 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart XVI.—Special Provisions relating to certain
Classes.—Arts. 334-336.
shall cease to have effect on the expiration of a period of ten years from the commencement of this Constitution:
Provided that nothing in this article shall affect any representation in the House of the People or in the Legislative Assembly of a State until the dissolu- tion of the then existing House or Assembly, as the case may be.
Claims of
Scheduled
Castes and
Scheduled
Tribes to
services
end posts.
335. The claims of the members of the Scheduled Castes and the Scheduled Tribes shall be taken into consideration, consistently with the maintenance of efficiency of administration, in the making of appointments to services and posts in connection with the affairs of the Union or of a State.
Special
r Anglo-
dlan
Eovlsion
community
In certain
services.
336. (1) During the first two years after the com- mencement of this Constitution, appointments of members of the Anglo-Indian community to posts in the railway, customs, postal and telegraph services of the Union shall be made on the same basis as im- mediately before the fifteenth day of August, 1947.
During every succeeding period of two years, the number of posts reserved for the members of the said community in the said services shall, as nearly as possible, be less by ten per cent than the numbers so reserved during the immediately preceding period of two years:
Provided that at the end of ten years from the commencement of this Constitution all such reserva- tions shall cease.
(2) Nothing in clause (1) shall bar the appoint- ment of members of the Anglo-Indian community to posts other than, or in addition to, those reserved for the community under that clause if such members are found qualified for appointment on merit as com- pared with the members of other communities.
';THE GSZETTE OF INDIA EXTEAOEDINAEY, NOV. 26, 1949 2&O&, THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 1 63Part XVI.—Special Provisions relating to certain
Classes.—Arts. 337-338.
337. During the first three financial years after the commencement of this Constitution, the same grants, if any, shall be made by the Union and by each State specified in Part A or Part B of the First Schedule for the benefit of the Anglo-Indian community in respect of education as were made in the financial year ending on the thirty-first day of March, 1948.
Special provision with respect to educa- tional grants for the benefit of Anglo- Indian com- munity.
During every succeeding period of three years ithe grants may be less by ten per cent than those -for the immediately preceding period of three years:
Provided that at the end of ten years from the commencement of this Constitution such grants, to |the extent to which they are a special concession to the Anglo-Indian community, shall cease:
Provided further that no educational institution shall be entitled to receive any grant under this article unless at least forty per cent of the annual admissions therein are made available to members of communities other than the Anglo-Indian com- munity.
338. (1) There shall be a Special Officer for the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes to be appointed by the President.
Special Officer for Scheduled Castes, Scheduled Tribes, etc.
(2) It shall be the duty of the Special Officer to investigate all matters relating to the safeguards pro- vided for the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes under this Constitution and report to the President upon the working of those safeguards at such inter- vals as the President may direct, and the President shall cause all such reports to be laid before each House of Parliament.
(3) In this article, references to the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes shall be construed as including references to such other backward classes as the President may, on receipt of the report of a Commission appointed under clause (1) of article 340, by order specify and also to the Anglo-Indian community.
2510 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA BXTBAOEDINAEY, NCTV. 26, 1949 164 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart XVI.—Special Provisions relating to certain
Classes.—Arts. 339-340.
339. (1) The President may at any time and shall, at the expiration of ten years from the commence- ment of this Constitution by order appoint a Commission to report on the administration of the Scheduled Areas and the Welfare of the Scheduled Tribes in the States specified in Part A and Part B of the First Schedule.
Control of the Union over the adminis- tration of Scheduled Areas and the welfare of Scheduled Tribes.
The order may define the composition, powers and procedure of the Commission and may contain such incidental or ancillary provisions as the President may consider necessary or desirable.
(2) The executive power of the Union shall extend to the giving of directions to any such State as to the drawing up and execution of schemes speci- fied in the direction to be essential for the welfare of the Scheduled Tribes in the State.
Appoint- ment of a Commis- sion to investi- gate the conditions of back- ward classes.
340. (1) The President may by order appoint a Commission consisting of such persons as he thinks fit to investigate the conditions of socially and educa- tionally backward classes within the territory of India and the difficulties under which they labour and to make recommendations as to the steps that should be taken by the Union or any State to remove such difficulties and to improve their condition and as to the grants that should be made for the purpose by the Union or any State and the conditions subject to which such grants should be made, and the order appointing such Commission shall define the proce- dure to be followed by the Commission.
(2) A Commission so appointed shall investigate the matters referred to them and present to the Presi- dent a report setting out the facts as found by them and making such recommendations as they think proper.
(3) The President shall cause a copy of the report so presented together with a memoi arrlnm explain- ing the action taken thereon to Le laic' before eat_h House of Parliament.
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRA OllDINABY, NOV. 26, 1949 2511 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 165Part XVI.—Special Provisions relating to certain
Classes.—Arls. 341-342.
Scheduled Castes.
341. (1) The President may, after consultation with the Governor or Rajpramukh of a State, by public notification, specify the castes, races or tribes or parts of or groups within castes, races or tribes which shall for the purposes of this Constitu- tion be deemed to be Scheduled Castes in relation to that State.
(2) Parliament may by law include in or exclude from the list of Scheduled Castes specified in a notifi- cation issued under clause (1) any caste, race or tribe or part of or group within any caste, race or tribe, but save as aforesaid a notification issued under the said clause shall not be varied by any subsequent notification.
Scheduled Trlbea.
342. (1) The President may, after consultation with the Governor or Rajpramukh of a State, by public notification, specify the tribes or tribal com- munities or parts of or groups within tribes or tribal communities which shall for the purposes of this Constitution be deemed to be Scheduled Tribes in relation to that State.
(2) Parliament may by law include in or exclude from the list of Scheduled Tribes specified in a noti- fication issued under clause (1) any tribe or tribal community or part of or group within any tribe or tribal community, but save as aforesaid a notifica- tion issued under the said clause shall not be varied by any subsequent notification.
B022 EHB GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY, NOV, 26, 1949PART XVII
OFFICIAL LANGUAGE
CHAPTER I.—LANGUAGE OF THE UNION
343. (i) The official language of the Union shall be Hindi in Devanagari script.
Official language of the Union.
The form of numerals to be used for the official purposes of the Union shall be the international form of Indian numerals.
(2) Notwithstanding anything in clause (1), for a period of fifteen years from the commencement of this Constitution, the English language shall continue to be used for all the official purposes of the Union for which it was being used immediately before such commencement :
Provided that the President may, during the said period, by order authorise the use of the Hindi language in addition to the English language and of the Devanagari form of numerals in addition to the international form of Indian numerals for any of the official purposes of the Union.
(3) Notwithstanding anything in this article, Par- liament may by law provide for the use, after the said period of fifteen years, of—
(a) the English language, or (b) the Devanagari form of numerals,
for such purposes as may be specified in the law.
Commis-
sion and Committee of Parlia- ment on official language.
344. (1) The President shall, at the expiration of five years from the commencement of this Constitu- tion and thereafter at the expiration of ten years from such commencement, by order constitute a Commis- sion which shall consist of a Chairman and such other members representing the different languages specified in the Eighth Schedule as the President may appoint, and the order shall define the procedure to be followed by the Commission.
(3) It shall be the duty of the Commission to make recommendations to the President as to—
(a) the progressive use of the Hindi language
for the official purposes of the Union;
STHB GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTEAOKDINABY, NOV, 26, ISTO BJ1STHE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 1 67 Part XVII.—Official Language—Arts. 344"345-
\b) restrictions on the use of the English langu- age for all or any of the official purposes of the Union;
(c) the language to be used for all or any of the purposes mentioned in article 348; (d) the form of numerals to be used for any one or more specified purposes of the Union; (e) any other matter referred to the Commission by the President as regards the official language of the Union and the language for communication between the Union and a State or between one State and an- other and their use.
(3) In making their recommendations under clause (2), the Commission shall have due regard to {the industrial, cultural and scientific advancement of India, and the just claims and the interests of persons belonging to the non-Hindi speaking areas in regard to the public services.
(4) There shall be constituted a Committee con- sisting of thirty members, of whom twenty shall be members of the House of the People and ten shall be members of the Council of States to be elected res- pectively by the members of the House of the People and the members of the Council of States in accord- ance with the system of proportional representation by means of the single transferable vote.
(5) It shall be the duty of the Committee to examine the recommendations of the Commission constituted under clause (1) and to report to the President their opinion thereon.
(6) Notwithstanding anything in article 343, the President may, after consideration of the report refer- red to in clause (5), issue directions in accordance with the whole or any part of that report.
CHAPTER II.—REGIONAL LANGUAGES
Official
language
or langu-
ages oi a
State.
345. Subject to the provisions of articles 346 and 347, the Legislature of a State may by law adopt any one or more of the languages in use in the State or Hindi as the language or languages to be used for all •or any of the official purposes of that State:
2614 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTEAOEDINAEY, NOV. 26, 19& 168 THE CONSTITUTION OF TNDIAPart XVII.—Official Language.—Arts. 345-348.
Provided that, until the Legislature of the State otherwise provides by law, the English language shall continue to be used tor those official purposes within the State for which it was being used imme- diately before the commencement of this Constitution.
346. The language for the time being authorised for use in the Union for official purposes shall be the official language for communication between one State and another State and between a State and the Union:
Official language for commu- nication between one State and another or between a State and the Union.
Provided that if two or more States agree that the Hindi language should be the official language for communication between such States,- that language may be used for such communication.
Special provision relating to language spoken by a section of the population of a State.
347. On a demand being made in that behalf, the President may, if he is satisfied that a substantial proportion of the population of a State desire the use of any language spoken by them to be recog- nised by that State, direct that such language shall also be officially recognised throughout that State or any part thereof for such purpose as he may specify.
CHAPTER III.—LANGUAGE OF THE SUPRKME COURT, HIGH COURTS, ETC.
348. (1) Notwithstanding anything in the fore- going provisions of this Part, until Parliament by law otherwise provides—
(a) all proceedings in the Supreme Court and in
every High Court,
Language to be ut,cd In the Supreme Court and in the High Courts and for Acts, Bills, etc.
(6) the authoritative texts—
(?') of all Bills to be introduced or amend- ments thereto to be moved in either House of Parliament or in the House or either House of the Legislature of a State,
(") of all Acts passed by Parliament or the Legislature of a State and of all Ordi- nances promulgated by the President or the Governor or Rajpramukh of a State, and
THE GAZETTE OP iNDIA EXTEAOEDItfABY, NOV. 20, Ifti9 2&5 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 169Part XVII.—Official Language.—Arts. 348-349.
(in) of all orders, rules, regulations and bye- laws issued under this Constitution or under any law made by Parliament or the Legislature of a State,
shall be in the English language.
(2) Notwithstanding anything in sub-clause (a) of clause (1), the Governor or Rajpramukh of a State may, with the previous consent of the President, authorise the use of the Hindi language, or any other language used for any official purposes of the State, in proceedings in the High Court having its principal seat in that State:
Provided that nothing in this clause shall apply to any judgment, decree or order passed or made by such High Court.
(3) Notwithstanding anything in sub-clause (b) of clause (1), where the Legislature of a State has prescribed any 3aiigu?ty other than the English language for use in Bills introduced in, c ' Acts passed by, the Legislature ol the Slate or in Ordinances promulgated by the Governor or Rajpramukh of the State or in any order, rule, regulation or bye-law referred to m paragraph [in) of that sub-clause, a translation o! the same in the English language pub- lished under the audicnity of the Governor or Raj- pramukh of the State in the Official Gazette of that State shall be deemed to be the authoritative text the-eof in the English language under this article.
Special procedure lor enact- ment of certain laws relating to language.
349. During the period of fifteen years from the commencement of this Constitution, no Bill or amendment making provision for the language to be used for any of the purposes mentioned in clause (1) of article 348 shall be introduced or moved in either House of Parliament without the previous sanction of the President, and the President shall not give his sanction to the introduction of any such Bill or the moving of any such amendment except after he has taken into consideration the recommendations of the Commission constituted under clause (1) of article 344 and/die report of the Committee constituted under clatise (4) of that article.
flSlQ UHE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTBAOEDINAEY, NOV. 26, 1943V 170 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart XVII.—Official Language.—Arts. 350-351.
CHAPTER IV.—SPECIAL DIRECTIVES
Language to be used In representa- tions lor redress of grievances.
350. Every person shall be entitled to submit a representation for the redress of any grievance to any officer or authority of the Union or a State in any of the languages used in the Union or in the State, as Lthe case may be.
Directive for develop- ment of the Hindi Language.
351. It shall be the duty of the Union to promote the spread of the Hindi language, to develop it so that it may serve as a medium of expression for all the elements of the composite culture of India and to secure its enrichment by assimilating without inter- fering with its genius, the forms, style and expres- sions used in Hindustani and in the other languages of India specified in the Eighth Schedule, and by drawing, wherever necessary or desirable, for its vocabulary, primarily on Sanskrit and secondarily on other languages.
&E GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTEAOBDINAHY, NOV. 26, 1940 gfilTTPART XVIII
EMERGENCY PROVISIONS
Proclama- tion of Emergency.
352. (i) If the President is satisfied that a grave emergency exists whereby the security of India or of any part of the territory thereof is threatened, whether by war or external aggression or internal disturbance, he may, by Proclamation, make a dec- laration to that effect.
(2) A Proclamation issued under clause (1)—
(a) may be revoked by a subsequent Proclama-
tion;
(6) shall be laid before each House of Parlia-
ment;
(c) shall cease to operate at the expiration of two months unless before the expiration of that period it has been approved by resolutions of both Houses of Parliament:
Provided that if any such Proclamation is issued at a time when the House of the People has been dissolved or the dissolution of the House of the People takes place during the period of two months referred to in sub-clause (c), and if a resolution approving the Proclamation has been passed by the Council of States, but no resolution with respect to such Proclamation has been passed by the House of the People before the expiration of that period, the Proclamation shall cease to operate at the expiration of thirty days from the date on which the House of the People first sits after its reconstitution unless before the expiration of the said period of thirty days a resolution approving the Proclamation has been also passed by the House of the People.
(3) A Proclamation of Emergency declaring that the security of India or of any part of the territory thereof is threatened by war or by external aggres- sion or by internal disturbance may be made before [the actual occurrence of war or of any such aggres- sion or disturbance if the President is satisfied that there is imminent danger thereof.
3618 THE &AZBTTB OF INDIA EXTKAOBDINABY, NOV. 26, 1940 172 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart XVIII.—Emergency Provisions.— Arts. 353-356.
353. While a Proclamation of Emergency is in oper-
ation, then—
Effect of Proclama- tion of Emergency.
(") notwithstanding anything in this Constitu- tion, the executive power of the Union' shall extend to the giving of directions to any State as to the manner in which the executive power thereof is to be exercised;
(b) the power of Parliament to make laws with respect to any matter shall include power to make laws conferring powers and imposing duties, or authorising the con- ferring of powers and the imposition of duties, upon the Union or officers and authorities of the Union as respects that matter, notwithstanding that it is one which is not enumerated in the Union List.
3i>4. (1) The President may, while a Proclamation of Emergency is in operation, by order direct that all or any of the provisions of a rticles 268 to 279 shall for such period, not extending in any case beyond Uie expiration of the financial year in which such Pro- clamation ceases to operate, as may be specified in the order, have effect subject to such exceptions or modifications as he thinks fit.
Application of provi- sions relating to dis- tribution of revenues while a Proclama- tion of Emergency is in operation.
(2) Every order made under clause (1) shall, as soon as may be after it is made, be laid before each House of Parliament.
355. It shall be the duty of the Union to protect every State against external aggression and internal disturbance and to ensure that the government of every State is carried on in accordance with the provisions of this Constitution.
Duty of the Union to protect States against external aggression and inter- nal dis- turbance
356. (1) If the President, on receipt of a report from the Governor or Rajpramukh of a State or otherwise, is satisfied that a situation has arisen in which the government of the State cannot be carried Provisions In case of failure of constitu- tional machinery In States.
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTKAOEDINAEY, NOV. 26, 1949 !&19< THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 173Part XVIII.—Emergency Provisions.— AH. 356.
on in accordance with the provisions of this Constitution, the President, may by Proclamation— (a) assume to himself all or any of the functions of the Government of the State and all or any of the powers vested in or exercisable by the Governor or Rajpramukh, as the case may be, or any body or authority in the State other than the Legislature of the State;
(b) declare that the powers of the Legislature of the State stir^l be exercisable by or under the authority of Parliament;
(c) make such incidental and consequential provisions as appear to the President to be necessary or desirable for giving effect to the objects of the Proclamation, in- cluding provisions for suspending in whole or in part the operation of any provisions of this Constitution relating to any body or authority in the State: Provided that nothing in this clause shall autho- rise the President to assume to himself any of the , powers vested in or exercisable by a High Court, or to suspend in whole or in Dart the operation of any provision of this Constitution relating to High Courts.
(2) Any such Proclamation may be revoked or
varied by a subsequent Proclamation.
(3) Every Proclamation under this article shall be laid before each House of Parliament and shall, except where it is a Proclamation revoking a pre- vious Proclamation, cease to operate at the expira- tion of two months unless before the expiration of that period it has been approved by resolutions of both Houses of Parliament:
Provided that if any such Proclamation (not being a Proclamation revoking a previous Proclama- tion) is issued at a time when the House of the People is dissolved or the dissolution of the House of the People takes place during the period of two months referred to in this clause, and if a resolution approving the Proclamation has been passed by the
3830 1KB GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY, NOV. 26, 194$ 174 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart XVIII.—Emergency Provisions.— Arts. 356-357.
Council of States, but no resolution with respect to such Proclamation has been passed by the House of the People before the expiration of that period, the Proclamation shall cease to operate at the expiration of thirty days from the date on which the House of the People first sits after its reconstitution unless before the expiration of the said period of thirty days a resolution approving the Proclamation has been also passed by the House of the People.
(4) A Proclamation so approved shall, unless re- voked, cease to operate on the expiration of a period of six months from the date of the passing of the second of the resolutions approving the Proclamation under clause (3):
Provided that if and so often as a resolution approving the continuance in force of such a Procla- mation is passed by both Houses of Parliament, the Proclamation shall, unless revoked, continue in force for a further period of six months from the date on which under this clause it would otherwise have ceased to operate, but no such Proclamation shall in any case remain in force for more than three years:
Provided further that if the dissolution of the House of the People takes place during any such period of six months and a resolution approving the continuance in force of such Proclamation has been passed by the Council of States, but no resolution with respect to the continuance in force of such Proclamation has been passed by the House of the People during the said period, the Proclamation shall cease to operate at the expiration of thirty days from the date on which the House of the People first sits after its reconstitution unless before the expira- tion of the said period of thirty days a resolution approving the continuance in force of the Proclama- tion has been also passed by the House of the People.
337. (1) Where by a Proclamation issued under clause (1) of article 356, it has been declared that the powers of the Legislature of the State shall be exercisable by or under the authority of Parliament, ^Exercise of legisla- tive powers under Pro- clamation Issued under article 356.
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY, NOY. 26, 1049 2S$1 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 175Part XVIII.—Emergency Provisions.— Arts. 357-358.
it sjiall be competent—
(a) for Parliament to confer on the President the power of the Legislature of the State to make laws, and to authorise the President to delegate, subject to such conditions as he may think fit to impose, the power so conferred to any other authority to be specified by him in that behalf;
(&) for Parliament, or for the President or other authority in whom such power to make laws is vested under sub-clause (a), to make laws conferring powers and impqf- ing duties, or authorising the conferring of -• powers and the imposition of duties, upon the Union or officers and authorities thereof;
(c) for the President to authorise when the House of the People is not in session expenditure from the Consolidated Fund of the State pending the sanction of such expenditure by Parliament.
(2) Any law made in exercise of the power of the Legislature of the State by Parliament or the Presi- dent or other authority referred to in sub-clause (a) of clause (1) which Parliament or the President or such other authority would not, but for the issue of a Proclamation under article 356, have been competent to make shall, to the extent of the incompetency, cease to have effect on the expiration of a period of one year after the Proclamation has ceased to operate except as respects things done or omitted to be done before the expiration of the said period, unless the provisions which shall so cease to have effect are sooner repealed or re-enacted with or without modifi- cation by Act of the appropriate Legislature.
Suspension, of provi- sions of article 19 during em- ergencies.
358. While a Proclamation of Emergency is in operation, nothing in article 19 shall restrict the power of the State as defined in Part III to make any law or to take any executive action which the State would but for the provisions contained in that Part be competent to make or to take, but any law so made shall, to the extent of the incompetency, cease to
2522 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTBAOEDINAEY, NOV. 26, 1949 176 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart XVIII.—Emergency Provisions.— Arts. 358-360.
have effect as soon as the Proclamation ceases to operate, except as respects things done or omitted to be done before the law so ceases to have effect.
Suspension of the enforce- ment of the rights con- ferred by- Part III during emergen- cies.
359. (1) Where a Proclamation of Emergency is in operation, the President may by order declare that the right to move any court for the enforcement of such of the rights conferred by Part III as may be mentioned in the order and all proceedings pending in any court for the enforcement of the rights so men- tioned shall remain suspended for the period during which the Proclamation is in force or for such shorter period as may be specified in the order.
(2) An order made as aforesaid may extend to the whole or any part of the territory of India.
(3) Every order made under clause (1) shall, as soon as may be after it is made, be laid before each House of Parliament.
360. (1) If the President is satisfied that a situation , Provisions as to financial, emergency.
has arisen whereby the financial stability or credit of India or of any part of the territory thereof is threatened, he may by a Proclamation make a decla- ration to that effect.
(2) The provisions of clause (2) of article 352 shall apply in relation to a Proclamation issued under this article as they apply in relation to a Proclamation of Emergency issued under article 352.
(3) During the period any such Proclamation as is mentioned in clause (1) is in operation, the execu- tive authority of the Union shall extend to the giving of directions to any State to observe such canons of financial propriety as may be specified in the direc- tions, and to the giving of such other directions as the President may deem necessary and adequate for the purpose.
(4) Notwithstanding anything in this Constitu- tion—
(a) any such direction may include—
(i) a provision requiring the reduction of salaries and allowances of all or any
THE GAZETTE OP INDIA EXTEAOEDINAEY, NOV. 26, 1949 2528 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 177Part XVIII.—Emergency Provisions.—
Article 360.
class of persons serving in connection with the affairs of a State;
(M) a provision requiring all Money Bills or other Bills to which the provisions of article 207 apply to be reserved for the consideration of the President after they are passed by the Legislature of the State;
(b) it shall be competent for the President during the period any Proclamation issued under this article is in operation to issue directions for the reduction of salaries and allowances of all or any class of persons serving in connection with the affairs of the Union including the Judges of the Supreme Court and the High Courts.
2024 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY, NOV. 26, 194$PART XIX
MISCELLANEOUS
Protection of Presi- dent and Governors and Raj- pramukns.
361. (i) The President, or the Governor or Raj- pramukh of a State, shall not be answerable to any court for the exercise and performance of the powers and duties of his office or for any act done or pur- porting to be done by him in the exercise and perfor- mance of those powers and duties :
Provided that the conduct of the President may be brought under review by any court, tribunal or body appointed or designated by either House of Parliament for the investigation of a charge under article 6 i:
Provided further that nothing in this clause shall be construed as restricting the right of any person to bring appropriate proceedings against the Gov- ernment of India or the Government of a State.
(2) No criminal proceedings whatsoever shall be instituted or continued against the President, or the Governor or Rajpramukh of a State, in any court during his term of office.
(3) No process for the arrest or imprisonment of the President, or the Governor or Rajpramukh of a State, shall issue from any court during his term of office.
(4) No civil proceedings in which relief is claimed against the President, or the Governor or Rajpramukh of a State, shall be instituted during his term of office in any court in respect of any act done or purporting to be done by him in his personal capacity, whether before or after he entered upon his office as President, or as Governor or Rajpramukh of such State, until the expiration of two months next after notice in writing has been delivered to the President or the Governor or the Rajpramukh, as the case may be, or left at his office stating the nature of the proceed- ings, the cause of action therefor, the name, descrip- tion and place of residence of the party by whom such proceedings arc to be instituted and the relief which he claims.
T,H$ GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTBAQBDINABY, NOV. 26, HMfi #626 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 179Part XIX.—Miscellaneous.—Arts. 362-364.
Rights and privileges of Rulers of Indian States.
362. In the exercise of the power of Parliament or of the Legislature of a State to make laws or in the exercise of the executive power of the Union or of a State, due regard shall be had to the guarantee or assurance given under any such covenant or agree- ment as is referred to in clause (1) of article 291 with respect to the personal rights, privileges and dignities of the Ruler of an Indian State.
Bar to In- terference by courts in disputes arising out of certain treaties, agree- ments, etc. 363. (1) Notwithstanding anything in this Consti- tution but subject to the provisions of article 143, neither the Supreme Court nor any other court shall have jurisdiction in any dispute arising out of any provision of a treaty, agreement, covenant, engage- ment, sanad or other similar instrument which was entered into or executed before the commencement of this Constitution by any Ruler of an Indian State and to which the Government of the Dominion of India or any of its predecessor Governments was a party and which has or has been continued in operation after such commencement or in any dispute in respect of rany right accruing under or any liability or obligation - arising out of any of the provisions of this Constitution relating to any such treaty, agreement, covenant, engagement, sanad or other similar instrument.
(2) In this article—
(a) "Indian State" means any territory recognised before the commencement of this Constitu- tion by His Majesty or the Government of the Dominion of India as being such a State; and
(b) "Ruler" includes the Prince, Chief or other person recognised before such commence- ment by His Majesty or the Government of the Dominion of India as the Ruler of anv Indian State.
Special provisions as to major ports and aero- dromes.
364. (1) Notwithstanding anything in this Constitu- tion, the President may by public notification direct that as from such date as may be specified in the notification—
(a) any law made by Parliament or by the Legis- lature of a State shall not apply to any major port or aerodrome or shall apply
2626 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTEAOBDINABY, NOV. 20, 1949 180 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart XIX.—Miscellaneous.—Arts. 364-366.
thereto subject to such exceptions or modi-' fications as may be specified in the noti- fication, or
(b) any existing law shall cease to have effect in any major port or aerodrome except as respects things done or omitted to be done before the said date, or shall in its applica- tion to such port or aerodrome have effect subject to such exceptions or modifications as may be specified in the notification.
(2) In this article—
(a) "major port" means a port declared to be a major port by or under any law made by Parliament or any existing law and includes all areas for the time being included within the Limits of such port;
(b) "aerodrome" means aerodrome as defined for the purposes of the enactments relating to airways, aircraft and air navigation.
365. Where any State has failed to comply with, or Effect of failure to comply with, or to give eflect to, directions given by the Union.
to give effect to, any directions given in the exercises of the executive power of the Union under any of the provisions of this Constitution, it shall be lawful for the President to hold that a situation has arisen in which the government of the State cannot be carried on in accordance with the provisions of this Consti- tution.
Definitions. 366. In this Constitution, unless the context other- wise requires, the following expressions have the mean- ings hereby respectively assigned to them, that is to say—
(1) "agricultural income" means agricultural in- come as defined for the purposes of the enactments relating to Indian income-tax; (2) "an Anglo-Indian" means a person whose father or any of whose other male progenitors in the male line is or was of European descent but who is domiciled within the territory of India and is or was born within such territory of parents habi- tually resident therein and not established there for temporary purposes only;
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTBAOEDINAEY, NOV. 26, 1949 2527 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 181Part XIX.—Miscellaneous.—Art. 366.
(3) "article" means an article of this Constitu-
tion;
(4) "borrow" includes the raising of money by the grant of annuities, and "loan" shall be construed accordingly;
(5) "clause" means a clause of the article in which
the expression occurs;
(6) "corporation tax" means any tax on income, so far as that tax is payable by companies and is a tax in the case of which the follow- ing conditions are fulfilled:—
(a) that it is not chargeable in respect of agri-
cultural income;
(b) that no deduction in respect of the tax paid by companies is, by any enactments which may apply to the tax, authorised to be made from dividends payable by the companies to individuals;
(c) that no provision exists for taking the tax so paid into account in computing for the purposes of Indian income-tax the total income of individuals receiving such divi- dends, or in computing the Indian in- come-tax payable by, or refundable to, such individuals;
(7) "corresponding Province", "corresponding
Indian State" or "corresponding State means in cases of doubt such Province, Indian State or State as may be deter- mined by the President to be the corres- ponding Province, the corresponding Indian State or the corresponding State, as the case may be, for the particular purpose in question;
(8) "debt" includes any liability in respect of any obligation to repay capital sums by way of annuities and any liability under any guarantee, and "debt charges" shall be construed accordingly;
2628 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAOKDINABY, NOV. 26, 1940 182 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart XIX.—Miscellaneous.—Art. 366.
(9) "estate duty" means a duty to be assessed on or by reference to the principal value, ascertained in accordance with such rules as may be prescribed by or under laws made by Parliament or the Legislature of a State relating to the duty, of all property passing upon death or deemed, under the provisions of the said laws, so to pass;
(10) "existing law" means any law, Ordinance, order, bye-law, rule or regulation passed or made before the commencement of this Constitution by any Legislature, authority or person having power to, make such a law, Ordinance, order, bye-law, rule or regula- tion;
(11) "Federal Court" means the Federal Court constituted under the Government of India Act, 1935;
(12) "goods" includes all materials, commodities,
and articles;
(13) "guarantee" includes any obligation under- taken before the commencement of this Constitution to make payments in the event of the profits of an undertaking falling short of a specified amount;
(14) "High Court" means any court which is deemed for the purposes of this Constitu- tion to be a High Court for any State and includes—
(a) any Court in the territory of India consti- tuted or reconstituted under this Consti- tution as a High Court, and
(b) any other Court in the territory of India which may be declared by Parliament by law to be a High Court for all or any of the purposes of this Constitution;
(15) "Indian State" means any territory which the Government of the Dominion of India recognised as such a State;
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTBAOEDINABY, NOV. 26, 1949 2fl2ft THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 183Part XIX.—Miscellaneous.—Art. 366.
(16) "Part" means a Part of this Constitution;
(17) "pension" means a pension, whether contri- butory or not, of any kind whatsoever pay- able to or in respect of any person, and includes retired pay so payable, a gratuity so payable and any sum or sums so payable by way of the return, with or without interest thereon or any other addition thereto, of subscriptions to a provident fund;
(18) "Proclamation of Emergency" means a Pro- clamation issued under clause (1) of article 352;
{19) "public notification" means a notification in the Gazette of India, or, as the case may be, the Official Gazette of a State;
{20) "railway" does not include—
(a) a tramway wholly within a municipal area,
or
(6) any other line of communication wholly situate in one State and declared by Parliament by law not to be a railway;
{21) "Rajpramukh" m e a n s-
fa) in relation to the State of Hyderabad, the person who for the time being is recog- nised by the President as the Nizam of Hyderabad;
(b) in relation to the State of Jammu and Kashmir or the State of Mysore, the person who for the time being is recog- nised by the President as the Maharaja of that State; and
(c) in relation to any other State specified in Part B of the First Schedule, the person who for the time being is recognised by the President as the Rajpramukh of that State,
258Q THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTBAOKDINAEY, NOV. 26, 1&9 184 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart XIX.—Miscellaneous.—Art. 366.
and includes in relation to any of the said States any person for the time being recog- nised by the President as competent to exercise the powers of the Rajpramukh in relation to that State;
(22) "Ruler" in relation to an Indian State means the Prince, Chief or other person by whom any such covenant or agreement as is referred to in clause (1) of article 291 was entered into and who for the time being is recognised by the President as the Ruler of the State, and includes any person who for the time being is recognised by the Presi- dent as the successor of such Ruler;
(23) "Schedule" means a Schedule to this
Constitution;
(24) "Scheduled Castes" means such castes, races or tribes or parts of or groups within such castes, races or tribes as are deemed under article 341 to be Scheduled Castes for the purposes of this Constitution;
(25) "Scheduled Tribes" means such tribes or tribal communities or parts of or groups within such tribes or tribal communities as are deemed under article 342 to be Scheduled Tribes for the purposes of this Constitution;
(26) "securities" includes stock;
(27) "sub-clause" means a sub-clause of the
clause in which the expression occurs;
(28) "taxation" includes the imposition of any tax or impost, whether general or local or special, and "tax" shall be construed accordingly;
(29) "tax on income" includes a tax in the nature
of an excess profits tax;
(30) "Uparajpramukh" in relation to any State specified in Part B of the First Schedule
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAOEDINAKY, NCW\ 26, 1949 £581THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 185 Part XIX.—Miscellaneous.—Arts. 366-367.
means the person who for the time being is recognised by the President as the Uparajpramukh of that State.
Interpreta- tion.
367. (1) Unless the context otherwise requires, the General Clauses Act 1897, shall, subject to any adapta- tions and modifications that may be made therein "under article 372, apply for the interpretation of this Constitution as it applies for the interpretation of an
^ ct of the Legislature of the Dominion of India.
(2) Any reference in this Constitution to Acts or laws of, or made by, Parliament, or to Acts or laws of, or made by, the Legislature of a State specified in Part A or Part B of the First Schedule, shall be construed as including a reference to an Ordinance made by the President or, to an Ordinance made by a Governor or Rajpramukh, as the case may be.
(3) For the purposes of this Constitution "foreign
Uaie" means any State other than India:
Provided that, subject to the provisions of any law made by Parliament, the President may by order declare any State not to be a foreign State for such purposes as may be specified in the order.
2683 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTBAOBDINABY, NOV. 26, 1949PART XX
AMENDMENT OF THE CONSTITUTION
Procedure lor amend- ment pi the Constitu- tion.
368. An amendment of this Constitution may be initiated only by the introduction of a Bill for the purpose in either House of Parliament, and when the Bill is passed in each House by a majority of the total membership of that House and by a majority of not' less than two-thirds of the members of that House present and voting, it shall be presented to the Presi- dent for his assent and upon such assent being given to the Bill, the Constitution shall stand amended in accordance with the terms of the Bill:
Provided that if such amendment seeks to make any change in—
(a) article 54, article 55, article 73, article 162 or
article 241, or
(b) Chapter IV of Part V, Chapter V of Par-:
VI, or Chapter I of Part XI, or
(c) any of the Lists in the Seventh Schedule, or
(d) the representation of States in Parliament, or
(e) the provisions of this article,
the amendment shall also require to be ratified by the Legislatures of not less than one-half of the States specified in Parts A and B of the First Schedule by resolutions to that effect passed by those Legis- latures before the Bill making provision for sucfy amendment is presented to the President for assent.
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTEAOEDINAEY, NOV. 26, 1&49 2588PART XXI
TEMPORARY AND TRANSITIONAL PROVISIONS
369. Notwithstanding anything in this Constitu- tion, Parliament shall, during a period of five years from the commencement of this Constitution, have power to make laws with respect to the following matters as if they were enumerated in the Concurrent List, namely:—
Temporary power to Parliament to make laws with respect to certain matters in the State List as If they were matters in the Concur- rent List.
(a) trade and commerce within a State in, and the production, supply and distribution of, cotton and woollen textiles, raw cotton (including ginned cotton and unginned cotton or kapas), cotton seed, paper (including newsprint), foodstuffs (includ- ing edible oilseeds and oil), cattle fodder (including oil-cakes and other concen- trates), coal (including coke and deriva- tives of coal), iron, steel and mica;
(b) offences against laws with respect to any of the matters mentioned in clause (a), juris- diction and powers of all courts except the Supreme Court with respect to any of those matters, and fees in respect of any of those matters but not including fees taken in any court;
but any law made by Parliament, which Parliament would not but for the provisions of this article have been competent to make, shall, to the extent of the in- competency, cease to have effect on the expiration of the said period, except as respects things done or omitted to be done before the expiration thereof.
370. (i) Notwithstanding anything in this Consti-
tution,—
Temporary provisions with res- pect to the State of Jammu and Kashmir.
(a) the provisions of article 238 shall not apply in relation to the State of Jammu and Kashmir;
(6) the power of Parliament to make laws for the said State shall be limited to—
(i) those matters in the Union List and the Concurrent List which, in consultation
3684 THE GAZETTE OP INDIA EXTBAOBDINAEY, NOV. 26, 1949 188 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart XXI.—Temporary and Transitional
Provisions,—Art. 370.
with the Government of the State, are declared by the President to correspond to matters specified in the Instrument of Accession governing the accession of the State to the Dominion of India as the matters with respect to which the Dominion Legislature may make laws for that State; and
(M) such other matters in the said Lists as, with the concurrence of the Government of the State, the President may by order specify.
Explanation.—For the purposes of this article, the Government of the State means the person for the time being recognised by the President as the Maharaja of Jarnmu and Kashmir acting on the advice of the Council of Ministers for the time being in office under the Maharaja's Proclamation dated the fifth day of March, 1948 ;
(c) the provisions of article 1 and of this article shall apply in relation to that State; (d) such of the other provisions of this Constitu- tion shall apply in relation to that State subject to such exceptions and modifica- tions as the President may by order specify:
Provided that no such order which relates to the matters specified in the Instrument of Accession of the State referred to in paragraph (i) of sub-clause (b) shall be issued except in consultation with the Government of the State:
Provided further that no such order which relates to matters other than those referred to in the last preceding proviso shall be issued except with the con- currence of that Government.
(2) If the concurrence of the Government of the State referred to in paragraph (ii) of sub-clause ib) of clause (1) or in the second proviso to sub-clause (d) of
T B$ GAZETTE OP INDIA BXTEAOEDINAEY, NOV. 26, 1M9 2fi8fi -THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 189
Part XXI.—Temporary and Transitional
Provisions.—Arts. 370-372.
that clause be given before the Constituent Assembly for the purpose of framing the Constitution of the State is convened, it shall be placed before such Assembly for such decision as it may take thereon.
(3) Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing provisions of this article, the President may, by public notification, declare that this article shall cease to be operative or shall be operative only with such excep- tions and modifications and from such date as he may specify:
Provided that the recommendation of the Constitu- ent Assembly of the State referred to in clause (2) shall be necessary before the President issues such a noti- fication.
Temporary provisions with res- pect to States In Part B of the First Schedule.
371. Notwithstanding anything in this Constitu- tion, during a period of ten years from the commence- ment thereof, or during such longer or shorter period as Parliament may by law provide in respect of any • State, the Government of every State specified in ; Part B of the First Schedule shall be under the general control of, and comply with such particular directions, if any, as may from time to time be given by, the Presi- dent:
Provided that the President may by order direct that the provisions of this article shall not apply to any State specified in the order.
Continu- ance In force ol existing laws and their adap- tation.
372. (1) Notwithstanding the repeal by this Consti- tution of the enactments referred to in article 395 but "subject to the other provisions of this Constitution, all the law in force in the territory of India immediately before the commencement of this Constitution shall continue in force therein until altered or repealed or amended by a competent Legislature or other compe- tent authority.
(2) For the purpose of bringing the provisions of any law itt-force in the territory of India into accord with the provisions of this Constitution, the President may by order make such adaptations and modifications of such law, whether by way of repeal or amendment, as may be necessary or expedient, and provide that the
2686 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTBAOBDINARY, NOV. 56, 1040 190 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart XXI.—Temporary and Transitional
Provisions.—Art. 372.
law shall, as from such date as may be specified in the order, have effect subject to the adaptations and modi- fications so made, and any such adaptation or modi- fication shall not be questioned in any court of law.
(3) Nothing in clause (2) shall be deemed—
(a) to empower the President to make any adap- tation or modification of any law after the expiration of two years from the com- mencement of this Constitution; or
(&) to prevent any competent Legislature or other competent authority from repealing or amending any law adapted or modified by the President under the said clause.
Explanation I.—The expression "law in force" in this article shall include a law passed or made by a Legislature or other competent authority in the territory of India before the commencement of this Constitution and not previously repealed, notwith- standing that it or parts of it may not be then in operation either at all or in particular areas.
Explanation II.—Any law passed or made by a Legislature or other competent authority in the ter- ritory of India which immediately before the com- mencement of this Constitution had extra-territorial effect as well as effect in the territory of India shall, subject to any such adaptations and modifications as aforesaid, continue to have such extra-territorial effect.
Explanation ///.—Nothing in this article shall be construed as continuing any temporary law in force beyond the date fixed for its expiration or the date on which it would have expired if this Constitution had not come into force.
Explanation IV.—An Ordinance promulgated by the Governor of a Province under section 88 of the Government of India Act, 1935, and in force imme- diately before the commencement of this Constitu- tion shall, unless withdrawn by the Governor of the
^ SE GAZETTE OP INDIA EXTRAORDINARY, NOV. 26, 1049 2587 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 191Part XXI.—Temporary and Transitional Provisions.—Arts. 372-374.
corresponding State earlier, cease to operate at the expiration of six weeks from the first meeting after such commencement of the Legislative Assembly of that State functioning under clause (1) of article 382, and nothing in this article shall be construed as con- tinuing any such Ordinance in force beyond the said period.
Power of President to make order in respect of persons under preventive detention in certain cases.
373. Until provision is made by Parliament under clause (7) of article 22, or until the expiration of one year from the commencement of this Constitution, whichever is earlier, the said article shall have effect as if for any reference to Parliament in clauses (4) and (7) thereof there were substituted a reference to the President and for any reference to any law made by Parliament in those clauses there were substituted a reference to an order made by the President.
374. (1) The Judges of the Federal Court holding office immediately before the commencement of this Constitution shall, unless they have elected other- wise, become on such commencement the Judges of the Supreme Court and shall thereupon be entitled to such salaries and allowances and to such rights in respect of leave of absence and pension as are pro- vided for under article 125 in respect of the Judges of the Supreme Court.
Provisions as to Judges of the Federal Court and proceed- ings pending in the Federal Court or before His Majesty in Council.
(2) All suits, appeals and proceedings, civil or criminal, pending in the Federal Court at the com- mencement of this Constitution shall stand removed to the Supreme Court, and the Supreme Court shall have jurisdiction to hear and determine the same, and the judgments and orders of the Federal Court deli- vered or made before the commencement of this Constitution shall have the same force and effect as if they had been delivered or made by the Supreme Court.
(3) Nothing in this Constitution shall operate to invalidate the exercise of jurisdiction by His Majesty in Council to dispose of appeals and petitions from, or in respect of, any judgment, decree or order of any court within the territory of India in so far as the
2588 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTEAORDINABY, NOV. 26, 1949 192 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart XXI.—Temporary and Transitional Provisions.—Arts. 374-376.
exercise of such jurisdiction is authorised by law, and any order of His Majesty in Council made on any such appeal or petition after the commencement of this Constitution shall for all purposes have effect as if it were an order or decree made by the Supreme Court in the exercise of the jurisdiction conferred on such Court by this Constitution.
(4) On and from the commencement of this Con- stitution the jurisdiction of the authority functioning as the Privy Council in a State specified in Part B of the First Schedule to entertain and dispose , of appeals and petitions from or in respect of any judg- ment, decree or order of any court within that State shall cease, and all appeals and other proceedings pending before the said authority at such commence- ment shall be transferred to, and disposed of by, the Supreme Court.
(5) Further provision may be made by Parlia- ment by law to give effect to the provisions of this article.
375. All courts of civil, criminal and revenue jurisdiction, all authorities and all officers, judicial, executive and ministerial, throughout the territory of India, shall continue to exercise their respective functions subject to the provisions of this Constitu- tion.
Courts ( authorities and offi- cers to continue to function subject to the provi- sions of the Constitu- tion.
Provisions as to Judges of High Courts.
376. (1) Notwithstanding anything in clause (2) of article 217, the Judges of a High Court in any Province holding office immediately before the com- mencement of this Constitution shall, unless they have elected otherwise, become on such commence- ment the Judges of the High Court in the corres- ponding State, and shall thereupon be entitled to such salaries and allowances and to such rights in respect of leave of absence and pension as are pro- vided for under article 221 in respect of the Judges of such High Court.
(2) The Judges of a High Court in any Indian State corresponding to any State specified in Part B
THE GAZETTE OP INDIA EXTBAOEDINAEY, NOV. 26, 1949 2589 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 193Part XXI.—Temporary and Transitional
Provisions.—Arts. 376-378.
of the First Schedule holding office immediately before the commencement of this Constitution shall, unless they have elected otherwise, become on such commencement the Judges of the High Court in the State so specified and shall, notwithstanding any- thing in clauses (1) and (2) of article 217 but subject to the proviso to clause (1) of that article, continue to hold office until the expiration of such period as the President may by order determine.
(3) In this article, the expression "Judge" does not include an acting Judge or an additional Judge.
Provisions as to Comptrol- ler and Auditor- General of India.
377. The Auditor-General of India holding office immediately before the commencement of this Con- stitution shall, unless he has elected otherwise, become on such commencement the Comptroller and Auditor-General of India and shall thereupon be entitled to such salaries and to such rights in respect of leave of absence and pension as are provided for under clause (3) oi article 148 in respect of the Comptroller and Auditor-General of India and be entitled to continue to hold office until the expiration of his term of office as determined under the provisions which were applicable to him immediately before such commencement.
Provisions as to Public Ser- vice Com- missions.
378. (1) The members of the Public Service Com- mission for the Dominion of India holding office immediately before the commencement of this Con- stitution shall, unless they have elected otherwise, become on such commencement the members of the Public Service Commission for the Union and shall, notwithstanding anything in clauses (1) and (2) of article 316 but subject to the proviso to clause (2) of that article, continue to hold office until the expira- tion of their term of office as determined under the rules which were applicable immediately before such commencement to such members.
(2) The members of a Public Service Commission of a Province or of a Public Service Commission serving the needs of a group of Provinces holding office immediately before the commencement of this
2540 THE GAZETTE OP INDIA EXTRAORDINARY, NOV. 26, 1949 194 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart XXL—Temporary and Transitional Provisions,—Arts. 378-379.
Constitution shall, unless they have elected other- wise, become on such commencement the members of the Public Service Commission for the corres- ponding State or the members of the Joint State Public Service Commission serving the needs of the corresponding States, as the case may be, and shall, notwithstanding anything in clauses (1) and (2) of article 316 but subject to the proviso to clause (2) of that article, continue to hold office until the expira- tion of their term of office as determined under the rules which were applicable immediately before such commencement to such members.
Provisions as to provisional Parliament and the Speaker and Deputy Speaker thereof.
379. (1) Until both Houses of Parliament have been duly constituted and summoned to meet for the first session under the provisions of this Constitution, the body functioning as the Constituent Assembly of the Dominion of India immediately before the com- mencement of this Constitution shall be the provi- sional Parliament and shall exercise all the powers and perform all the duties conferred by the provi- sions of this Constitution on Parliament.
Explanation.—For the purposes of this clause, the Constituent Assembly of the Dominion of India includes—
(i) the members chosen to represent any State or other territory for which representa- tion is provided under clause (2), and
(ii) the members chosen to fill casual vacancies
in the said Assembly.
(2) The President may by rules provide for—
(a) the representation in the provisional Parlia- ment functioning under clause (1) of any State or other territory which was not represented in the Constituent Assembly of the Dominion of India immediately before the commencement of this Consti- tution,
(6) the manner in which the representatives of such States or other territories in the pro- visional Parliament shall be chosen, and
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA TCXTRAOEDINAEY, NOV. 26, I&t9 2641 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 195Part XXI.—Temporary and Transitional Provisions.—Arts. 379-380.
(c) the qualifications to be possessed by such
representatives.
(3) If a member of the Constituent Assembly of the Dominion of India was, on the sixth day of October, 1949, or thereafter at any time before the commencement of this Constitution, a member of a House of the Legislature of a Governor's Province or of an Indian State corresponding to any State specified in Part B of the First Schedule or a Minister for any such State, then, as from the commencement of this Constitution the seat of such member in the Constituent Assembly shall, unless he has ceased to be a member of that Assembly earlier, become vacant and every such vacancy shall be deemed to be a casual vacancy.
(4) Notwithstanding that any such vacancy in the Constituent Assembly of the Dominion of India as is mentioned in clause (3) has not occurred under that clause, steps may be taken before the com- mencement of this Constitution for the filling of such vacancy, but any person chosen before such com- mencement to fill the vacancy shall not be entitled to take his seat in the said Assembly until after the vacancy has so occurred.
(5) Any person holding office immediately before the commencement of this Constitution as Speaker or Deputy Speaker of the Constituent Assembly when functioning as the Dominion Legislature under the Government of India Act, 1935, shall on such commencement be the Speaker or, as the case may be, the Deputy Speaker of the provisional Parlia- ment functioning under clause (1).
Provision as to President 380. (1) Such person as the Constituent Assembly of the Dominion of India shall have elected in that behalf shall be the President of India until a Presi- dent has been elected in accordance with the provi- sions contained in Chapter I of Part V and has entered upon his office.
(2) In the event of the occurrence of any vacancy in the office of the President so elected by the Cons- tituent Assembly of the Dominion of India by reason
2642 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY, NOV. 26, 1949 196 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart XXI.—Temporary and Transitional
Provisions.—Arts. 380-382.
of his death, resignation, or removal, or otherwise, it shall be filled by a person elected in that behalf by the provisional Parliament functioning under article 379, and until a person is so elected, the Chief Justice of India shall act as President.
Council of Ministers of the President.
381. Such persons as the President may appoint in that behalf shall become members of the Council of Ministers of the President under this Constitu- tion, and, until appointments are so made, all persons holding office as Ministers for the Dominion of India immediately before the commencement of this Cons- titution shall on such commencement become, and shall continue to hold office as, members of the Council of Ministers of the President under this Constitution.
Provisions as to provisional Legisla- tures lor States in Part A of the First Schedule.
382. (1) Until the House or Houses of the Legis- lature of each State specified in Part A of the First Schedule has or have been duly constituted and summoned to meet for the first session under the provisions of this Constitution, the House or Houses of the Legislature of the corresponding Province functioning immediately before the commencement of this Constitution shall exercise the powers and perform the duties conferred by the provisions of this Constitution on the House or Houses of the Le- gislature of such State.
(2) Notwithstanding anything in clause (1), where a general election to reconstitute the Legislative Assembly of a Province has been ordered before the commencement of this Constitution, the election may be completed after such commencement as if this Constitution had not come into operation, and the Assembly so reconstituted shall be deemed to be the Legislative Assembly of that Province for the pur- poses of that clause.
(3) Any person holding office immediately before the commencement of this Constitution as Speaker or Deputy Speaker of the Legislative Assembly or President or Deputy President of the Legislative Council of a Province shall on such commencement be the Speaker or Deputy Speaker of the Legislative
feB GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTEAOEDINABY, NOVA 20, 1949 2648THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 197 Part XXL—Temporary and Transitional Provisions.—Arts. 382-385.
Assembly or the Chairman or Deputy Chairman of the Legislative Council, as the case may be, of the corresponding State specified in Part A of the First Schedule while such Assembly or Council functions under clause (1):
Provided that where a general election has been ordered for the reconstitution of the Legislative Assembly of a Province before the commencement of this Constitution and the first meeting of the Assembly as so reconstituted is held after such com- mencement, the provisions of this clause shall not apply and the Assembly as reconstituted shall' elect two members of the Assembly to be respectively the Speaker and Deputy Speaker thereof.
Provision as to Governors of Provinces.
383. Any person holding office as Governor in any Province immediately before the commencement of this Constitution shall on such commencement be the Governor of the corresponding State specified in Part A of the First Schedule unul a new Governor has been appointed in accordance with the provi- sions of Chapter II of Part VI and has entered upon his office.
Council of Ministers of Governors.
384. Such persons as the Governor of a State may appoint in that behalf shall become members of the Council of Ministers of the Governor under this Constitution, and, until appointments are so made, all persons holding office as Ministers for the corres- ponding Province immediately before the com- mencement of this Constitution shall on such commencement become, and shall continue to hold office as, members of the Council of Ministers of the Governor of the State under this Constitution.
Provision as to provisional Legisla- tures in States in Part B of the First Schedule.
385. Until the House or Houses of the Legislature of a State specified in Part B of the First Schedule has or have been duly constituted and summoned to meet for the first session under the provisions of this Constitution, the body or authority functioning immediately before the commencement of this Con- stitution as the Legislature of the corresponding Indian State shall exercise the powers and perform
SR44, THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTBAOKDINARY, NOV. 26, liHtf 198 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart XXI.—Temporary and Transitional
Provisions.-—Arts. 385-388.
the duties conferred by the provisions of this Consti- tution on the House or Houses of the Legislature of the State so specified.
Council of Ministers for States In Part B of the First Schedule.
386. Such persons as the Rajrjramukh of a State specified in Part B of the First Schedule may ap- point in that behalf shall become members of the Council of Ministers of such Rajpramukh under this Constitution, and, until appointments are so made, all persons holding office as Ministers for the cor- responding Indian State immediately before the commencement of this Constitution shall on such commencement become, and shall continue to hold office as, members of the Council of Ministers of such Rajpramukh under this Constitution.
Special provision as to deter- mination of population ior the purposes of certain elections.
387. For the purposes of elections held under any of the provisions of this Constitution during a period of three years from the commencement of this Cons- titution, the population of India or of any part there- of may, notwithstanding anything in this Constitu- tion, be determined in such manner as the President may by order direct, and different provisions may be made for different States and for different purposes by such order.
388. (1) Casual vacancies in the seats of members of the provisional Parliament functioning under clause (1) of article 379, including vacancies referred to in clauses (3) and (4) of that article, shall be filled, and all matters in connection with the filling of such vacancies (including the decision of doubts and dis- putes arising out of, or in connection with, elections to fill such vacancies) shall be regulated—
Provisions as to the filling of casual vacancies in the pro- visional Parliament and provi- sional Le- gislatures of the States.
(a) in accordance with such rules as may be made in that behalf by the President, and (b) until rules are so made, in accordance with the rules relating to the filling of casual vacancies in the Constituent Assembly of the Dominion of India and matters con- nected therewith in force at the time of the filling of such vacancies or immedi- ately before the Commencement of this
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTEAOBDINABY, NOV. 26, 1949 254& THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 199Part XXI.—Temporary and Transitional
Provisions.—Art. 388.
Constitution, as the case may be, subject to such exceptions and modifications as may be made therein before such conlmencement by the President of that Assembly and thereafter by the President of India:
Provided that where any such seat as is men- tioned in this clause was, immediately before it be- came vacant, held by a person belonging to the Scheduled Castes or to the Muslim or the Sikh com- munity and representing a Province or, as the case may be, a State specified in Part A of the First Sche- dule, the person to fill such seat shall, unless the President of the Constituent Assembly or the President of India, as the case may be, considers it necessary or expedient to provide otherwise, be of the same community:
Provided further that at an election to fill any such vacancy in the seat of a member representing a Province or a State specified in Part A of the First Schedule, every member of the Legislative Assembly of that Province or of the corresponding State or of that State, as the case may be, shall be entitled to participate and vote.
Explanation.—For the purposes of this clause—
(a) all such castes, races or tribes or parts of or groups within castes, races of tribes as are specified in the Government of India (Scheduled Castes) Order, 1936, to be Scheduled Castes in relation to any Pro- vince shall be deemed to be Scheduled Castes in relation to that Province or the corresponding State until a notification has been issued by the President under clause (1) of article 341 specifying the Scheduled Castes in relation to that cor- responding State;
(&) all the Scheduled Castes in any Province or State shall be deemed to be a single com- munity.
2546 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTEAORDINAHY, NOV. 26, 1949 2 00 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAPart XXI.—Temporary and Transitional Provisions.—Arts. 388-390.
(2) Casual vacancies in the seats of members of a House of the Legislature of a State functioning under article 382 or article 385 shall be filled, and all matters in connection with the filling of such vacancies (including the decision of doubts and disputes arising out of, or in connection with, elections to fill such vacancies) shall be regulated in accordance with such provisions governing the fill- ing of such vacancies and regulating such matters as were in force immediately before the commence- ment of this Constitution subject to such exceptions and modifications as the President may by order direct.
Provision as to Bills pending in the Dominion Legisla- ture and in the Legis- latures of Provinces and Indian States.
389. A Bill which immediately before the com- mencement of this Constitution was pending in the Legislature of the Dominion of India or in the Legis- lature of any Province or Indian State may, subject to any provision to the contrary which may be in- cluded in rules made by Parliament or the Legisla- ture of the corresponding State under this Constitu- tion, be continued in Parliament or the Legislature of the corresponding State, as the case may be, as if the proceedings taken with reference to the Bill in the Legislature of the Dominion of India or in the Legislature of the Province or Indian State had been taken in Parliament or in the Legislature of the corresponding State.
Moneys received or raised or ex- penditure incurred between the com- mencement of the Constitu- tion and the 31st day of March, 1950.
390. The provisions of this Constitution relating to the Consolidated Fund of India or the Consolidated Fund of any State and the appropriation of moneys out of either of such Funds shall not apply in relation to moneys received or raised or expenditure incurred by the Government of India or the Government of any State between the commencement of this Cons- titution and the thirty-first day of March, 1950, both days inclusive, and any expenditure incurred during that period shall be deemed to be duly authorised if the expenditure was specified in a schedule of authorised expenditure authenticated in accordance with the provisions of the Government of India Act, !935' by the Governor-General of the Dominion of
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTEAOEDINAEY, NOV^ 26, 1949 2647 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 201Part XXI.—Temporary and Transitional Provisions.—Arts. 390-392.
India or the Governor of-die corresponding Province or is authorised by the Rajpramukh of the State in accordance with such rules as were applicable to the authorisation of expenditure from the revenues of the corresponding Indian State immediately before such commencement.
391. (1) If at any time between the passing of this Power of the President to amend the First and Fourth. Schedules in certain contingen- cies.
Constitution and its commencement any action is taken under the provisions of the Government of India Act, 1935, which in the opinion of the Presi- dent requires any amendment in the First Schedule and the Fourth Schedule, the President may, not- withstanding anything in this Constitution, by order, make such amendments in the said Schedules as may be necessary to give effect to the action so taken, and any such order may contain such supplemental, incidental and consequential provisions as the Presi- dent may deem necessary.
(2) When the First Schedule or the Fourth Sche- dule is so amended, any reference to that Schedule in this Constitution shall be construed as a reference to such Schedule as so amended.
Power of the Presi- dent to remove difficulties^ 392. (1) The President may, for the purpose of removing any difficulties, particularly in relation to the transition from the provisions of the Government of India Act, 1935, to the provisions of this Constitu- tion, by order direct that this Constitution shall, during such period as may be specified in the order, have effect subject to such adaptations, whether by way of modification, addition or omission, as he may deem to be necessary or expedient:
Provided that no such order shall be made after the first meeting of Parliament duly constituted under Chapter II of Part V.
(2) Every order made under clause (1) shall be
laid before Parliament.
(3) The powers conferred on the President by this article, by article 324, by clause (3) of article 367 and by article 391 shall, before the commencement of this Constitution, be exercisable by the Governor- General of the Dominion of India.
•3648 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTBAORDINAHY, NOV. 26, 1949PART XXII
SHORT TITLE, COMMENCEMENT AND REPEALS
Short title. 393. This Constitution may be called the Constitution of India.
Commence-
ment.
394. This article and articles 5, 6, J, 8, g, 6o, 324, 366, 367, 379, 380, 388, 391, 392 and 393 shall come into force at once, and the remaining provisions of this Constitution shall come into force on the twenty- sixth day of January, 1950, which day is referred to in this Constitution as the commencement of this Constitution.
/Repeals. 395. The Indian Independence Act, 1947, and the Government of India Act, 1935, together with all enactments amending or supplementing the latter Act, but not including the Abolition of Privy Council Jurisdiction Act, 1949, are hereby repealed.
THE GAZETTE OP INDIA EXTBAOBDINABY, NOV. 26, 1949 2549FIRST SCHEDULE
(Articles i, 4 and 391)
The States and the territories of India
PART A
Names of States
Names of corresponding Provinces
Assam Bihar Bombay The Central Provinces and Berar Madras Orissa East Punjab The United Provinces
1. Assam 2. Bihar 3. Bombay 4. Madhya Pradesh 5. Madras 6. Orissa 7. Punjab 8. The United Provinces
9. West Bengal
West Bengal
TERRITORIES OF STATES
The territory of the State of Assam shall comprise the territories which immediately before the commencement of this Constitution were comprised in the Province of Assam, the Khasi States and the Assam Tribal Areas.
The territory of the State of West Bengal shall comprise the territory which immediately before the commencement of this Constitution was comprised in the Province of West Bengal.
The territory of each of the other States in this Part shall comprise th. territories which immediately before the com- mencement of this Constitution were comprised in the corres- ponding Province and the territories which, by virtue of an order made under section 290A of the Government of India Act, 1935, were immediately before such commencement being administered as if they formed part of that Province.
2650 THE GAZETTE OP INDIA EXTRAOBDINABY, NOV. 26, 1949 204 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAFirst Schedule
P A R TB
NAMES OF STATES
1. Hyderabad.
2. Jammu and Kashmir.
3. Madhya Bharat
4. Mysore.
5. Patiala and East Punjab States Union.
6. Rajasthan.
7. Saurashtra.
8. Travancore-Cochin.
9. Vindhya Pradesh.
TERRITORIES OF STATES
The territory of each of the States in this Part shall comprise the territory which immediately before the commencement of this Constitution was comprised in the corresponding Indian State, and—
(a) in the case of each of the States of Rajasthan and Saurashtra, shall also comprise the territories which immediately before such commencement were being administered by the Government of the corresponding Indian State, whether under the provisions of the Extra-Provincial Jurisdiction Act, 1947, or otherwise; and
(6) in the case of the State of Madhya Bharat, shall also comprise the territory which immediately before such commencement was comprised in the Chief Commissioner's Province of Panth Piploda.
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTEAOBDINAEY, NOV. 26, 1949 2551 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 205First Schedule
PART C
NAMES OF STATES
1. Ajmer.
2. Bhopal.
3. Bilaspur.
4. Cooch-Behar.
5. Coorg.
6. Delhi.
7. Himachal Pradesh.
8. Kutch.
9. Manipur.
10. Tripura.
TERRITORIES OF STATES
The territory of each of the States of Ajmer, Coorg and Delhi shall comprise the territory which immediately before the commencement of this Constitution was comprised in the Chief Commissioners' Provinces of Ajmer-Merwara, Coorg and Delhi, respectively.
The territory of each of the other States in this Part shall comprise the territories which, by virtue of an order made under section 2goA of the Government of India Act, 1935, were immediately before the commencement of this Constitu- tion being administered as if they were a Chief Commissioner's Province of the same name.
PART D
The Andaman and Nicobar Islands.
2552 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTBAOBDlNARY, NOV. 26, 1949SECOND SCHEDULE
[Articles 59(3), 65(3), 75(6), 97, 125, 148(3), 158(3). 164(5), 186 and 221]
PART A
PROVISIONS AS TO THE PRESIDENT AND THE GOVERNORS OF STATES SPECIFIED IN PART A OF THE FIRST SCHEDULE
1. There shall be paid to the President and to the Gover- nors of the States specified in Part A of the First Schedule the following emoluments per mensem, that is to say: —
... 10,000 rupees- ... 5,500 rupees The President The Governor of a State
2. There shall also be paid to the President and to the Governors of the States so specified such allowances as were payable respectively to the Governor-General of the Dominion of India and to the Governors of the corresponding Provinces immediately before the commencement of this Constitution.
- 3. The President and the Governors of such States through- out their respective terms of office shall be entitled to the same privileges to which the Governor-General and the Governors of the corresponding Provinces were respectively entitled immediately before the commencement of this Constitution.
'4. While the Vice-President or any other person is dis- charging the functions of, or is acting as, President, or any person is discharging the functions of the Governor, he shall be entitled to the same emoluments, allowances and privileges as the President or the Governor whose functions he dis- charges or for whom he acts, as the case may be.
PART B
PROVISIONS AS TO THE MINISTERS FOR THE UNION AND FOR THE STATES IN PART A AND PART B OF THE FIRST SCHEDULE
5. There shall be paid to the Prime Minister and to each of the other Ministers for the Union such salaries and allowances as were payable respectively to the Prime Minister and to each of the other Ministers for the Dominion of India immediately before the commencement of this Constitution.
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTBAORDINARY,^NOV. 29; 1949 2658 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 207Second Schedule
6. There shall be paid to the Ministers for any State speci- fied in Part A or Part B of the First Schedule such salaries and allowances as were payable to such Ministers for the cor- responding Province or the corresponding Indian State, as the case may be, immediately before the commencement oi this Constitution.
PART C
PROVISIONS AS TO THE SPEAKER AND THE DEPUTY SPEAKER OF THE HOUSE OF THE PEOPLE AND THE CHAIRMAN AND THE DEPUTY CHAIRMAN OF THE COUNCIL OF STATES AND THE SPEAKER AND THE DEPUTY SPEAKER OF THE LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY OF A STATE IN PART A OF THE FIRST SCHEDULE AND THE CHAIRMAN AND THE DEPUTY CHAIRMAN OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL OF ANY SUCH STATE.
7. There shall be paid to the Speaker of the House of the People and the Chairman of the Council of States such salaries and allowances as were payable to the Speaker of the Con- stituent Assembly of the Dominion of India immediately before the commencement of this Constitution, and there shall be paid to the Deputy Speaker of the House of the People and to the Deputy Chairman of the Council of States such salaries and allowances as were payable to the Deputy Speaker of the Constituent Assembly of the Dominion of India immediately before such commencement.
8. There shall be paid to the Speaker and the Deputy Speaker of the Legislative Assembly of a State specified in Part A of the First Schedule and to the Chairman and the Deputy Chairman of the Legislative Council of such State such salaries and allowances as were payable respectively to the Speaker and the Deputy Speaker of the Legislative Assembly and the President and the Deputy President of the Legislative Council of the corresponding Province immediate- ly before the commencement of this Constitution and, where the corresponding Province had no Legislative Council immediately before such commencement, there shall be paid to the Chairman and the Deputy Chairman of the Legislative Council of the State such salaries and allowances as the Gov- ernor of the State may determine.
2564 THE .GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY, NOV. 26, 1949 2 08 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIASecond Schedule
PART D
PROVISIONS AS TO THE JUDGES OF THE SUPREME COURT AND OF THE HIGH COURTS IN STATES IN PART A OF THE FIRST SCHEDULE.
9. (1) There shall be paid to the Judges of the Supreme Court, in respect of time spent on actual service, salary at the following rates per mensem, that is to say: —
... 5,000 rupees The Chief Justice
... 4,000 rupees Any other Judge
Provided that if a Judge of the Supreme Court at the time of his appointment is in receipt of a pension (other than a disability or wound pension) in respect of any previous service under the Government of India or any of its predecessor Governments or under the Government of a State or any of its predecessor Governments, his salary in respect of service in the Supreme Court shall be reduced by the amount of that pension.
(2) Every Judge of the Supreme Court shall be entitled without payment of rent to the use of an official residence.
(3) Nothing in sub-paragraph (2) of this paragraph shall apply to a Judge who, immediately before the commencement of this Constitution,—
(a) was holding office as the Chief Justice of the Federal Court and has become on such commencement the Chief Justice of the Supreme Court under •clause (1) of article 374; or
(b) was holding office as any. other Judge of the Federal Court and has on such commencement become a Judge (other than the Chief Justice) of the Supreme Court- under the said clause, .
during the period he holds offtce as such Chief, Justice pr other Jfuflge, an,d every Judge who so becomes' the Chief Justice or otter Judge of the Supreme Court shall, in, respect of, time sperit on actual service as such Chief Justice or other Judge, , as'.thi^ case, mayv .be,,, t)e .entitled to^repeiye.in .addifiqn to the salary specified in sub-paragraph (1) of this paragraph as
T HE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTEAOBDINAKY, 'NOV. 26, 1949 2555 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 2 09Second Schedule
special pay an amount equivalent to the difference between the salary so specified and the salary which he was drawing immediately before such commencement.
(4) Every Judge of the Supreme Court shall receive such reasonable allowances to reimburse him for expenses incurred in travelling on duty within the territory of India and shall be afforded such reasonable facilities in connection with travel- ling as the President may from time to time prescribe.
(5) The rights in respect of leave of absence (including, leave allowances) and pension of the Judges of the, Supremq, Court shall be governed by the provisions which, immediately, before the commencement of this Constitution, were appli- cable to the Judges of the Federal Court.
10. (1)'There shall be paid to the. Judges-of the High Court of, .each State specified in Part A of, the First Schedule, in respect of.time spent on actual service, salary a,t the follow- ing rates per mensem, that is to say:— ,'
The Chief Justice ... Any.other. Judge <• • ...
... 4,000 rupees -.. 3,500 .rupees
(2) Every person1 who immediately, before- the commence- ment of this Constitution—
(a) was holding office as the Chief Justice of a High Court in any Province and has on such com- mencement bepome, the Chief Justice of the High Court in the corresponding State under clause (1) of article 376, or
(b) was holding office as any other Judge of a High Court in any Province and has on such com- mencement become a Judge (other than the Chief: Justice) of the, High Court in the corres-' ponding State under the said clause,
shall, if he was 'immediately before such commencement drawing a salary at a rate higher than that specified in sub- paragraph (1) of this paragraph, be entitled to receive in respect of time spent on actual service as such Chief Justice or other Judge, as' the case may be, in addition to the salary specified ill the Said sub-paragraph as special pay an amount
2556 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY, NOV. 26, 1940 210 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIASecond Schedule
equivalent to the difference between the salary so specified and the salary which he was drawing immediately before such commencement.
(3) Every Judge of a High Court shall receive such reasonable allowances to reimburse him for expenses incurred in travelling on duty within the territory of India and shall be afforded such reasonable facilities in connection with travel- ling as the President may from time to time prescribe.
(4) The rights in respect of leave of absence (including leave allowances) and pension of the Judges of the High Court of any State shall be governed by the provisions which, immediately before the commencement of this Constitution, were applicable to the Judges of the High Court in the cor- responding Province.
11. In this Part, unless the context otherwise requires,—
(a) the expression "Chief Justice" includes an acting Chief Justice, and a "Judge" includes an ad hoc Judge;
(6) "actual service" includes—
(i) time spent by a Judge on duty as a Judge or in the performance of such other functions as he may at the request of the President undertake to discharge;
(it) vacations, excluding any time during which the
Judge is absent on leave; and
(tit) joining time on transfer from a High Court to the Supreme Court or from one High Court to another.
PART E
PROVISIONS AS TO THE COMPTROLLER AND AUDITOR-GENERAL OF INDIA.
12. (1) There shall be paid to the Comptroller and Auditor- General of India a salary at the rate of four thousand rupees per mensem.
(2) The person who was holding office immediately before the commencement of this Constitution as Auditor-General of
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTBAOEDINABY, NOV. 26, 1949 2567 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 211Second Schedule
India and has become on such commencement the Comptrol- ler and Auditor-General of India under article 377 shall in addition to the salary specified in sub-paragraph (1) of this paragraph be entitled to receive as special pay an amount equivalent to the difference between the salary so specified and the salary which he was drawing as Auditor-General of India immediately before such commencement.
(3) The rights in respect of leave of absence and pension and the other conditions of service of the Comptroller and Auditor-General of India shall be governed or shall continue to be governed, as the case may be, by the provisions which were applicable to the Auditor-General of India immediately before the commencement of this Constitution and all refer- ences in those provisions to the Governor-General shall be construed as references to the President.
2658 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDrNiVBY, NOV. 20/ 1949LTHIRD SCHEDULE
[Articles 75(4), 99, 124(6), 148(2), 164(3), J88 and 219]
Forms of Oaths or Affirmations
I
Form of oath of office for a Minister for the Union: —
swear in the name of God
"I, A.B, do
that I will bear
solemnly affirm
true faith and allegiance to the Constitution of India as by law- established, that I will faithfully and conscientiously discharge my duties as a Minister for the Union and that I will do right to all manner of people in accordance with the Constitution and the law, without fear or favour, affection or illwill."
II
Form of oath of secrecy for a Minister for the Union: —
swear in the name of God
"I, A.B., do
that I will not
solemnly affirm directly or indirectly communicate or reveal to any person or persons any matter which shall be brought under my considera- tion or shall become known to me as a Minister for the Union except as may be required for the due discharge of my duties as such Minister."
I ll
Form of oath or affirmation to be made by a member of Parliament: —
"I, A.B., having been elected (or nominated) a member of the Council of States (or the House of the People) do swear in the name of God
that I will bear true faith and solemnly affirm
allegiance to the Constitution of India as by law established and that I will faithfully discharge the duty upon which I am about to enter."
, T HE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTEAOKDINAEY, NOV. 26, 1949 255© THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 2 13Third Schedule
IV
Form of oath or affirmation to be made by the Judges of the Supreme Court and the Comptroller and Auditor-General of India: —
"I, A.B., having been appointed Chief Justice (or a Judge) of the Supreme Court of India (or Comptroller and Auditor-
swear in the name of God
General of India) do
that I will
solemnly affirm
bear true faith and allegiance to the Constitution of India as by law established, that I will duly and faithfully and to the best of my ability, knowledge and judgment perform the duties of my office without fear or favour, affection or illwill and that I will uphold the Constitution and the laws."
V
Form of oath of office for a Minister for a State: —
swear in the name of God
"I, A.B., do
that I will bear true solemnly affirm
faith and allegiance to the Constitution of India as by law established, that I will faithfully and conscientiously discharge my duties as a Minister for the State of and that I will do right to all manner of people in accordance with the Constitution and the law without fear or favour, affection or illwill."
VI
Form of oath of secrecy for a Minister for a State: —
swear in the name of God
"I, A.B., do
that I will not
solemnly affirm directly or indirectly communicate or reveal to any person or persons any matter which shall be brought under my considera- tion or shall become known to me as a Minister for the State of except as may be required for the due discharge of my duties as such Minister."
2660 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTKAOBDINABY, NOV. 26, 1949 214 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAThird Schedule
VII
Form of oath or affirmation to be made by a member of the Legislature of a State: —
"I, A.B., having been elected (or nominated) a member of the Legislative Assembly (or Legislative Council), do swear in the name of God
that I will bear true faith and solemnly affirm
allegiance to the Constitution of India as by law established and that I will faithfully discharge the duty upon which I am about to enter."
VIII
Form of oath or affirmation to be made by the Judges of a High Court: —
"I, A.B., having been appointed Chief Justice (or a Judge) swear in the name of God of the High Court at \ov of) do
solemnly affirm that I will bear true faith and allegiance to the Constitution of India as by law established, that I will duly and faithfully and to the best of my ability, knowledge and judgment per- form the duties of my office without fear or favour, affection or ill will and that I will uphold the Constitution and the laws."
JCElir GAZETTE OP INDIA EXTEAOEDINABY, NOV. 26, 1949 2681
FOURTH SCHEDULE
[Articles 4(1), 80(2) and 391]
Allocation of seats in the Council of States
To each State or group of States specified in the first column of the table of seats appended to this Schedule there shall be allotted the number of seats specified in the second column of the said table opposite to that State or group of States, as the case may be.
TABLE OF SEATS
THE COUNCIL OF STATES
Representatives of States specified in Part A of the First
Schedule
1
2
Total Seats States
6
1. Assam
21
2. Bihar
17
3. Bombay
12
4. Madhya Pradesh
27
5. Madras
9
6. Orissa
8
7. Punjab
31
8. The United Provinces
14
9. West Bengal
145
TOTAL
2&62' THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTEAOBDINAEY, KDV, 26^JL949_ 2 16 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAFourth Schedule
Representatives of States specified in Part B of the First
Schedule
2 1
Total Seats States
11
4 6 6 3 9
4 6 4 1. Hyderabad 2. Jammu and Kashmir 3. Madhya Bharat 4. Mysore 5. Patiala and East Punjab States Union 6. Rajasthan 7. Saurashtra 8. Travancore-Cochin 9. Vindhya Pradesh
TOTAL
53
Representatives of States specified in Part C of the First
Schedule
1
2
Total Seats States and Groups of States
1 1. Ajmer J 2. Coorg 1
1 3. Bhopal
1 4. Bilaspur 5. Himachal Pradesh
}
1
1 1 6. Cooch-Behar 7. Delhi 8. Kutch
1 9. Manipur 1 10. Tripura j
TOTAL
7
TOTAL OF ALL SEATS
205
Tpy GAZETTE OF XNPIA EXTHAOEDINARY, NOV. 26, 1049 2S63
FIFTH SCHEDULE
[Article 244 (1)]
Provisions as to the Administration and Control of Scheduled Areas and Scheduled Tribes
PART A
GENERAL
1. Interpretation.—In this Schedule, unless the context otherwise requires, the expression "State" means a State specified in Part A or Part B of the First Schedule but does not include the State of Assam.
2. Executive power of a State in Scheduled Areas.—Subject to the provisions of this Schedule, the executive power of a State extends to the Scheduled Areas therein.
3. Report by the Governor or Rajpramukh to the Presi- dent regarding the administration of Scheduled Areas.—The Governor or Rajpramukh of each State having Scheduled Areas therein shall annually, or whenever so required by the President, make a report to the President regarding the administration of the Scheduled Areas in that State and the executive power of the Union shall extend to the giving of Erections to the State as to the administration of the said areas.
PARTB
ADMINISTRATION AND CONTROL OF SCHEDULED AREAS AND SCHEDULED TRIBES
4. Tribes Advisory Council.—(1) There shall be established in each State having Scheduled Areas therein and, if the President so directs, also in any State having Scheduled Tribes but not Scheduled Areas therein, a Tribes Advisory Council consisting of not more than twenty members of whom, as nearly as may be, three-fourths shall be the representatives of the Scheduled Tribes in the Legislative Assembly of the State:
Provided that if the number of representatives of the Scheduled Tribes in the Legislative Assembly- of the State is
2664 T^HE GAZETTE OF IND" 218 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAFifth Schedule
less than the number of seats in the Tribes Advisory Council to be filled by such representatives, the remaining seats shall be filled by other members of those tribes.
(2) It shall be the duty of the Tribes Advisory Council to advise on such matters pertaining to the welfare and advance- ment of the Scheduled Tribes in the State as may be referred to them by the Governor or Rajpramukh, as the case may be.
(3) The Governor or Rajpramukh may make rules pre- scribing or regulating, as the case may be,—
(a) the number of members of the Council, the mode of their appointment and the appointment of the Chairman of the Council and of the officers, and servants thereof ;
(&) the conduct of its meetings and its procedure in general ; and
(c) all other incidental matters.
5. Law applicable to Scheduled Areas.— (i) Notwithstanding anything in this Constitution, the Governor or Rajpramukh, as the case may be, may by public notification direct that any particular Act of Parliament or of the Legislature of the State shall not apply to a Scheduled Area or any part thereof in the State or shall apply to a Scheduled Area or any part thereof in the State subject to such exceptions and modifications as he may specify in the notification and any direction given under this sub-paragraph may be given so as to have retrospective effect.
(2) The Governor or Rajpramukh, as the case may be; may make regulations for the peace and good government of any area in a State which is tor the time being a Scheduled Area.
In particular and without prejudice to the generality of the foregomg power, such regulations may—
(a) prohibit or restrict the transfer of land by or among members of the Scheduled Tribes in such area ; (&) regulate the allotment of land to members of the Scheduled Tribes in such area ;
(c) regulate the carrying on of business as money- lender by persons who lend money to members of the Scheduled Tribes in such area.
# PP GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTBAOBDINARY, NOV. 8fc !">*& &KNS THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 2 19Fifth Schedule
(3) In making any such regulation as is referred to in sub- paragraph (2) of this raragraph, the Governor or Rajpramukh may repeal or amend any Act of Parliament or of the Legis- lature of the State or any existing law which is for the time being applicable to the area in question.
(4) All regulations made under this paragraph shall be submitted forthwith to the President and, until assented to by him, shall have no effect.
(5) No regulation shall be made under this paragraph unless the Governor or the Rajpramukh making the regula- tion has, in the case where there is a Tribes Advisory Council for the State, consulted such Council.
PART C
SCHEDULED AREAS
6. Scheduled Areas.—(1) In this Constitution, the expres- sion "Scheduled Areas" means such areas as the President may by order declare to be Scheduled Areas.
(2) The President may at any time by order—
(a) direct that the whole or any specified part of a Scheduled Area shall cease to be a Scheduled Area or a part of such an area;
(6) alter, but only by way of rectification of bound- aries, any Scheduled Area;
(c) on any alteration of the boundaries of a State or on the admission into the Union or the establish- ment of a new State, declare any territory not previously included in any State to be, or to form part of, a Scheduled Area;
and any such order may contain such incidental and conse- quential provisions as appear to the President to be necessary and proper, but save as aforesaid, the order made under sub- paragraph (1) of this paragraph shall not be varied by any subsequent order.
8SB8 3fffiE GAZETTE OF INDIA EJCTBAOBDINABY, NOV-. 2 6 , ^ 49 < 2 20 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIAFifth Schedule
PARTD
AMENDMENT OF THE SCHEDULE
7. Amendment of the Schedule.—(i) Parliament may from time to time by law amend by way of addition, variation or repeal any of the provisions of this Schedule and, when the Schedule' is so amended, any reference to this Schedule in this Constitution shall be construed as a reference to such Schedule as so amended.
(2) No such law as is mentioned in sub-paragraph (1) of this paragraph shall be deemed to be an amendment of this Constitution for the purposes of article 368.
T^Sfe GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTTtAOEDINAEY, tiOV. 36, 19149 2567
SIXTH SCHEDULE
[Articles 244 (2) and 275 (1)]
Provisions as to the Administration of Tribal Areas in
Assam
7 Autonomous districts and autonomous regions.— (1) Subject to the provisions of this paragraph, the tribal areas in each item of Part A of the table appended to para- graph 20 of this Schedule shall be an autonomous district.
(2) If there are different Scheduled Tribes in an autono- mous district, the Governor may, by public notification, divide the area or areas inhabited by them into autonomous regions.
(3) The Governor may, by public notification,—
(a) include any area in Part A of the said table,
(b) exclude any area from Part A of the said table,
(c) create a new autonomous district, '
(d) increase the area of any autonomous district,
(e) diminish the area of any autonomous district,
(/) unite two or more autonomous districts or parts thereof so as to form one autonomous district,
(g) define the boundaries of any autonomous district:
Provided that no order shall be made by the Governor under clauses (c), (d), (e) and (/) of this sub-paragraph except after consideration of the report of a Commission appointed under sub-paragraph (1) of paragraph 14 of this Schedule.
2. Constitution of District Councils and Regional Councils.— (1) There shall be a District Council for each autonomous district consisting of not more than twenty-four members, of whom not less than three-fourths shall be elected on the basis of adult suffrage.
(2) There shall be a separate Regional Council for each area constituted an autonomous region under sub-paragraph (2) of paragraph 1 of this Schedule.
2666 T HE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTEAQBDJNARY, NOV. 26 1&49 2 22 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIASixth Schedule
(3) Each District Council and each Regional Council shall be a body corporate by the name respectively of "the District Council of (name of district)" and "the Regional Council of (name of region)", shall have perpetual succession and a common seal and shall by the said name sue and be sued.
(4) Subject to the provisions of this Schedule, the adminis- tration of an autonomous district shall, in so far as it is not vested under this Schedule in any Regional Council within such district, be vested in the District Council for such district and the administration of an autonomous region shall be vested in the Regional Council for such region.
(5) In an autonomous district with Regional Councils, the District Council shall have only such powers with respect to the areas under the authority of the Regional Council as may be delegated to it by the Regional Council in addition to the powers conferred on it by this Schedule with respect to such areas.
(6) The Governor shall make rules for the first constitution of District Councils and Regional Councils in consultation with the existing tribal Councils or other representative tribal organisations within the autonomous districts or regions con- cerned, and such rules shall provide for—
(a) the composition of the District Councils and Regional Councils and the allocation of seats therein;
(6) the delimitation of territorial constituencies for the purpose of elections to those Councils;
(c) the qualifications for voting at such elections and the preparation of electoral rolls therefor;
{d) the qualifications for being elected at such elections as members of such Councils;
(e) the term of office of members of such Councils;
(/) any other matter relating to or connected with elec- tions or nominations to such Councils;
(g) the procedure and the conduct of business in the District and Regional Councils;
(h) the appointment of officers and staff of the District and Regional Councils.
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAOEDINABY, NOV. 26, "1949 3560 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 223Sixth Schedule
(7) The District or the Regional Council may after its first constitution make rules with regard to the matters specified in sub-paragraph (6) of this paragraph and may also make rules regulating—
(a) the formation of subordinate local Councils or Boards and their procedure and the conduct of their business; and
(&) generally all matters relating to the transaction of business pertaining to the administration of the district or region, as the case may be:
Provided that until rules are made by the District or the Regional Council under this sub-paragraph the rules made by the Governor under sub-paragraph (6) of this paragraph shall have effect in respect of elections to, the officers and staff of, and the procedure and the conduct of business in, each such Council:
Provided further that the Deputy Commissioner or the Sub-Divisional Officer, as the case may be, of the North Cachar and Mikir Hills shall be the Chairman ex-officio of the District Council in respect of the territories included in items 5 and 6 respectively of Part A of the table appended to para- graph 20 of this Schedule and shall have power for a period of six years after the first constitution of the District Council, subject to the control of the Governor, to annul or modify any resolution or decision of the District Council or to issue such instructions to the District Council, as he may consider appropriate, and the District Council shall comply with every such instruction issued.
3. Powers of the District Councils and Regional Councils to make laws.—(1) The Regional Council for an autonomous region in respect of all areas within such region and the District Council for an autonomous district in respect of all areas within the district except those which are under the authority of Regional Councils, if any, within the district shall have power to make laws with respect to—
(a) the allotment, occupation or use, or the setting apart, of land, other than any land which is a reserved forest, for the purposes of agriculture or
2670 THE G'AZElTlE OF IttftTA ^EXTRAORDINARY, NOV.' 26, 1015 224 TH£ CONSTITUTION OF INDIASixth Schedule
gracing or for residential or other non-agricul- tural purposes or for any other purpose likely to promote the interests of the inhabitants of any village or town:
Provided that nothing in such laws shall prevent the compulsory acquisition of any land, whether occupied or unoccupied, for public purposes by the Government of Assam in accordance with the law for the time being in force authorising such acquisition;
(6) the management of any forest not being a reserved forest;
(c) the use of any canal or water-course for the purpose
of agriculture;
(d) the regulation of the practice of jhum or other
forms of shifting cultivation;
(e) the establishment of village or town committees or
councils and their powers;
(/) any other matter relating to village or town adminis- tration, including village or town police and public health and sanitation;
(g) the appointment or succession of Chiefs or Head- men;
(h) the inheritance of property;
(i) marriage;
(j) social customs.
(2) In this paragraph, a "reserved forest" means any area which is a reserved forest under the Assam Forest Regulation, 1891, or under any other law for the time being in force in the area in question.
(3) All laws made under this paragraph shall be submitted forthwith to the Governor and, until assented to by him, shall have no effect.
4. Administration of justice in autonomous districts and autonomous regions.—(1) The'Regiona]'Council for an autono- rrioufe region in respect of areas within such region and the District ^Council for an autonomous district in respect of areas
1#HE GAZETTE OF INDIA ^XTBAQBDINAET, NOV. 26, .1940 3671 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 225Sixth Schedule
within the district other than those which are under the autho- rity of the Regional Councils, if any, within the district may constitute village councils or courts for the trial of suits and cases between the parties all of whom belong to Scheduled Tribes within such areas, other than suits and cases to which the provisions of sub-paragraph (i) of paragraph 3 of this Schedule apply, to the exclusion of any coir-t in the State, and may appoint suitable persons to be members of such village Councils or presiding officers of such courts, and may also appoint such officers as may be necessary for the administration of the laws made under paragraph 3 of this Schedule.
(2) Notwithstanding anything in this Constitution, the Regional Council for an autonomous region or any court constituted in that behalf by the Regional Council or, if in respect of any area within an autonomous district there is no Regional Council, the District Council for such district, or any court constituted in that behalf by the District Council, shall exercise the powers of a court of appeal in respect of all suits and cases triable by a village council or court constituted under sub-paragraph (1) of this paragraph within such region or area, as the case may be, other than those to which the provi- sions of sub-paragraph (1) of paragraph 5 of this Schedule apply, and no other court except the High Court and the Supreme Court shall have jurisdiction over such suits or cases.
(3) The High Court of Assam shall have and exercise such jurisdiction over the suits and cases to which the provisions of sub-paragraph (2) of this paragraph apply as the Governor may from time to time by order specify.
(4) A Regional Council or District Council, as the case may be, may with the previous approval of the Governor make rules regulating—
(a) the constitution of village councils and courts and the powers to be exercised by them under this paragraph;
(6) the procedure to be followed by village councils or courts in the trial of suits and cases under sub- paragraph (1) of this paragraph;
(c) the procedure to be followed by the Regiohal or District Council or any court constituted by such
-2B72 *THB GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTEAOBDINAET, NOV. 26, l$£t 226 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIASixth Schedule
Council in appeals and other proceedings under sub-paragraph (2) of this paragraph;
(d) the enforcement of decisions and orders of such
Councils and courts;
(e) all other ancillary matters for the carrying out of the provisions of sub-paragraphs (1) and (2) of this paragraph.
3. Conferment of powers under the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, and the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1898, on the Regional1 and District Councils and on certain courts and officers for the trial of certain suits, cases and offences.—(l) The Governor may, for the trial of suits or cases arising out of any law in force in any autonomous district or region being a law specified in that behalf by the Governor, or for the trial of offences, punishable with death, transportation for life, or imprison- ment for a term of not less than five years under the Indian Penal Code or under any other law for the time being appli- cable to such district or region, confer on the District Council or the Regional Council having authority over such district or region or on courts constituted by such District Council or on any officer appointed in that behalf by the Governor, such powers under the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, or, as the case may be, the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1898, as he deems appropriate, and thereupon the said Council, court or officer shall try the suits, cases or offences in exercise of the- powers so conferred.
(2) The Governor may withdraw or modify any of the powers conferred on a District Council, Regional Council, court or officer under sub-paragraph (1) of this paragraph.
(3) Save as expressly provided in this paragraph, the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, and the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1898, shall not apply to the trial of any suits, cases or offences in an autonomous district or in any autonomous region to which the provisions of this paragraph apply.
6. Powers of the District Council to establish primary schools, etc.—The District Council for an autonomous district may establish, construct, or manage primary schools, dispen- saries, markets, cattle pounds, ferries, fisheries, roads and water- ways in the district and, in particular, may prescribe the language and the manner in which primary education shall be imparted in the primary schools in the district
W&E, &A2ifil?TE 0# INDIA EXtfEAOEDINAEY, NOV. 26, flftW "WfrTHE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 227
Sixth Schedule
7. District and Regional Funds.—(l) There shall be consti' tuted for each autonomous district, a District Fund and for each autonomous region, a Regional Fund to which shall be credited all moneys received respectively by the District Council for that district and the Regional Council for that region in the course of the administration of such district or region, as the case may be, in accordance with the provisions of this Constitu- tion.
(2) Subject to the approval of the Governor, rules may be made by the District Council and by the Regional Council for the management of the District Fund or, as the case may be, the Regional Fund, and the rules so made may prescribe the procedure to be followed in respect of payment of money into the said Fund, the withdrawal of moneys therefrom, the custody of moneys therein and any other matter connected with or ancillary to the matters aforesaid.
8. Powers to assess and collect land revenue and to impose taxes.—(1) The Regional Council for an autonomous region in respect of all lands within such region and the District Council for an autonomous district in respect of all lands within the district except those which are in the areas under the authority- of Regional Councils, if any, within the district, shall have the power to assess and collect revenue in respect of such lands in. accordance with the principles for the time being followed by the Government of Assam in assessing lands for the purpose of land revenue in the State of Assam generally.
(2) The Regional Council for an autonomous region in respect of areas within such region and the District Council1 for an autonomous district in respect of all areas in the district except those which are under the authority of Regional Councils, if any, within the district, shall have power to levy and collect taxes on lands and buildings, and tolls on persons resident within such areas.
#574 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY,. NOV. 26, 19flP 2^8 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIASixth, Schedule
(c) taxes on the entry of goods into a market for sale therein, and tolls on passengers and goods carried in ferries; and
(d) taxes for the maintenance of schools, dispen-
saries or roads.
(4) A Regional Council or District Council, as the case may be, may make regulations to provide for the levy and collection of any of the taxes specified in sub-paragraphs (2) and (3) of this paragraph.
9. Licences or leases for the purpose of prospecting for, or extraction of, minerals.—(1) Such share of the royalties accruing each year from licences or leases for the purpose of prospect- ing for, or the extraction of, minerals granted by the Govern- ment of Assam in respect of any area within an autonomous district as may be agreed upon between the Government of Assam and the District Council of such district shall be made over to that District Council.
(2) If any dispute arises as to the share of such royalties to be made over to a District Council, it shall be referred to the Governor for determination and the amount determined by the Governor in his discretion shall be deemed to be the amount payable under sub-paragraph (1) of this paragraph to the District Council and the decision of the Governor shall be final.
10. Power of District Council to make regulations for the control of money-lending and trading by non-tribals.— (i) The District Council of an autonomous district may make regula- tions for the regulation and control of money-lending or trading within the district by persons other than Scheduled Tribes resident in the district.
(2) In particular and without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing power, such regulations may—
(a) prescribe that no one except the holder of a licence issued in that behalf shall carry on the business of money-lending ;
(b) prescribe the maximum rate of interest which may be charged or be recovered by a money-lender; (c) provide for the maintenance of accounts by money- lenders and for the inspection of such accounts
T*&E GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTBAOKDINABY, NOV. 26, 194# ^2676- THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 2 29Sixth Schedule
by officers appointed in that behalf by the Dis- trict Council;
(d) prescribe that no person who is not a member of the Scheduled Tribes resident in the district shall carry on wholesale or retail business in any commodity except under a licence issued in that behalf by the District Council:
Provided that no regulations may be made under this paragraph unless they are passed by a majority of not less than three-fourths of the total membership of the District Council:
Provided further that it shall not be competent under any such regulations to refuse the grant of a licence to a money- lender or a trader who has been carrying on business within* the district since before the time of the making of such regu- lations.
(3) All regulations made under this paragraph shall be submitted forthwith to the Governor and, until assented to by him, shall have no effect.
11. Publication of laws, rules and regulations made under the Schedule.—All laws, rules and regulations made under this- Schedule by a District Council or a Regional Council shall be published forthwith in the Official Gazette of the State and shall on such publication have the force of law.
12. Application of Acts of Parliament and of the Legislature of the State to autonomous districts and autonomous regions.— (1) Notwithstanding anything in this Constitution—
(a) no Act of the Legislature of the State in respect of any of the matters specified in paragraph 3 of this Schedule as matters with respect to which a District Council or a Regional Council may make laws, and no Act of the Legislature of the State prohibiting or restricting the consumption of any non-distilled alcoholic liquor shall apply to any autonomous district or autonomous region unless- in either case the District Council for such district or having jurisdiction over such region by public notification so directs, and the District Council in giving such direction with respect to any Act may direct that the Act shall in its application to
aJW-.-IHE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTEAOEDINAEY, NOV. 26, 1953 2 30 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIASixth Schedule
such district or region or any part thereof have effect subject to such exceptions or modifications as it thinks fit;
(b) the Governor may, by public notification, direct that any Act of Parliament or of the Legislature of the State to which the provisions of clause (a) of this sub-paragraph do not apply shall not apply to an autonomous district or an autono- mous region, or shall apply to such district or region or any part thereof subject to such excep- tions or modifications as he may specify in the notification.
(2) Any direction given under sub-paragraph (1) of this paragraph may be given so as to have retrospective effect.
13. Estimated receipts and expenditure pertaining to autono- mous districts to be shown separately in the annual financial statement.—The estimated receipts and expenditure pertaining to an autonomous district which are to be credited to, or is to be made from, the Consolidated Fund of the State of Assam shall be first placed before the District Council for discussion and then after such discussion be shown separately in the annual financial statement of the State to be laid before the Legislature of the State under article 202.
14. Appointment of Commission to inquire into and report on the administration of autonomous districts and auto- nomous regions.—(1) The Governor may at any time appoint a Commission to examine and report on any matter specified by him relating to the administration of the autono- mous districts and autonomous regions in the State, including matters specified in clauses (c), (d), (e) and (/) of sub-para- graph (3) of paragraph 1 of this Schedule, or may appoint a Commission to inquire into and report from time to time on the administration of autonomous districts and autonomous regions in the State generally and in particular on—
(a) the provision of educational and medical facilities and communications in such districts and regions;
(6) the need for any new or special legislation in res- pect of such districts and regions; and
(c) the administration of the laws, rules and regulations
made by the District and Regional Councils;
and define the procedure to be followed by such Commission.
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EiTKAOBTjjNAKY, NOV. 26, 1949 3577 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 231Sixth Schedule
(2) The report of every such Commission with the recom- mendations of the Governor with respect thereto shall be laid before the Legislature of the State by the Minister concerned together with an explanatory memorandum regarding the action proposed to be taken thereon by the Government of Assam.
(3) In allocating the business of the Government of the State among his Ministers the Governor may place one of his Ministers specially in charge of the welfare of the autonomous districts and autonomous regions in the State.
15. Annulment or suspension of acts and resolutions of District and Regional Councils.—(1) If at any time the Governor is satisfied that an act or resolution of a District or a Regional Council is likely to endanger the safety of India, he may annul or suspend such act or resolution and take such steps as he may consider necessary (including the suspension of the Council and the assumption to himself of all or any of the powers vested in or exercisable by the Council) to prevent the commission or continuance of such act, or the giving of effect to such resolution.
(2) Any order made by the Governor under sub-paragraph (1) of this paragraph together with the reasons therefor shall be laid before the Legislature of the State as soon as possible and the order shall, unless revoked by the Legislature of the State, continue in force for a period of twelve months from the date on which it was so made:
Provided that if and so often as a resolution approving the continuance in force of such order is passed by the Legislature of the State, the order shall unless cancelled by the Governor continue in force for a further period of twelve months from the date on which under this paragraph it would otherwise have ceased to operate.
16. Dissolution of a District or a Regional Council.—The Governor may on the recommendation of a Commission appointed under paragraph 14 of this Schedule by public noti- fication order the dissolution of a District or a Regional Council and—
(a) direct that a fresh general election shall be held immediately for the reconstitution of the Council, or
2578 THE GAZETTE OF INpiA JflXTKAOBDINABY, NOV. 26, 1949 232 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIASixth Schedule
(b) subject to the previous approval of the Legislature of the State assume the administration of the area under the authority of such Council himself or place the administration of such area under the Commission appointed under the said paragraph or any other body considered suitable by him for a penod not exceeding twelve months:
Provided that when an order under clause (a) of this para- graph has been made, the Governor may take the action referred to in clause (b) of this paragraph with regard to the administration of the area in question pending the reconstitu- tion of the Council on fresh general election:
Provided further that no action shall be taken under clause (b) of this paragiaph without giving the District or the Regional Council, as the case may be, an opportunity of placing its views before the Legislature of the State.
17. Exclusion of areas from autonomous districts in forming constituencies in such districts.—For the purposes of elections to the Legislative Assembly of Assam, the Governor may by order declare that any area within an autonomous district shall not form part of any constituency to fill a seat or seats in the Assembly reserved for any such district but shall form part of a •constituency to fill a seat or seats in the Assembly not so reserved to be specified in the order.
18. Application of the provisions of this Schedule to areas specified in Part B of the table appended to paragraph 20.— (i) The Governor may—
(a) subject to the previous approval of the President, by public notification, apply all or any of the fore- going provisions of this Schedule to any tribal area specified in Part B of the table appended to paragraph 20 of this Schedule or any part of such area and thereupon such area or part shall be administered in accordance with' such provisions, and
(6) with like approval, by public notification, exclude from the said table any tribal area specified in Part B of that table or any part of such area.
(2) Until a notification is issued under sub-paragraph (1) of this paragraph in respect of any tribal area specified in Part
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA E&TMAOKDINABY, NOV. 26, 1949 257*9 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 2 33Sixth Schedule
B of the said table or any part of such area, the administration of such area or part thereof, as the case may be, shall be carried on by the President through the Governor of Assam as his agent and the provisions of Part IX shall apply thereto as if such area or part thereof wefe a territory specified in Part D of the First Schedule.
(3) In the discharge of his functions under sub-paragraph (2) of this paragraph as the agent of the President the Governor shall act in his discretion.
19. Transitional provisions.—(1) As soon as possible after the commencement ot this Constitution the Governor shall take steps for the constitution of a District Council for each autonomous district in the State under this Schedule and, until a District Council is so constituted for an autonomous district, the administration of such district shall be vested in the Governor and the following provisions shall apply ' to the administration of the areas] within such district instead of the foregoing-provisions of this Schedule, namely: —
(a) no Act of Parliament or of the Legislature of the • State shall apply to any such area-unless the Governor by public notification so directs; and the Governor in giving such a direction with respect to any Act may direct that the Act shall, in its application to the area or to any specified part thereof, have effect subject to such excep- tions or modifications as he thinks fit;
(b) the Governor rriay make regulations for the peace and good government,of any such area and any regulations so made may repeal or amend any Act of Parliament or of the Legislature of the State or any existing, law which is for the time being applicable to such area.
(2) Any direction given by the, Governor under clause (a) of sub-paragraph (1) of this paragraph may be given so as to have retrospective effect.
(3) All regulations made under clause (b) of sub-para- graph (1) of this paragraph shall be submitted forthwith to the President and, until assented ito' by him, shall have no effect.
20. Tribal areas.—(i) The areas specified in Parts A and B of the table below shall be the tribal areas within the State of Assam.
-2680 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA • EXTBAOBDINABY, NOV. 26, 1040 2 34 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIASixth Schedule
(2) The United Khasi-Jaintia Hills District shall comprise the territories which before the commencement of this Consti- tution were known as the Khasi States and the Khasi and Jaintia Hills District, excluding any areas for the time being comprised within the cantonment and municipality of Shillong^ but including so much of the area comprised within the muni- cipality of Shillong as formed part of the Khasi State of Mylliem:
Provided that for the purposes of clauses (e) and (/) of sub-paragraph (1) of paragraph 3, paragraph 4, paragraph 5, paragraph 6, sub-paragraph (2), clauses (a), (b) and (d) of sub-paragraph (3) and sub-paragraph (4) of paragraph 8, and clause (d) of sub-paragraph (2) of paragraph 10 of this Schedule, no part of the area comprised within the municipality of Shillong shall be deemed to be within the District.
(3) Any reference in the table below to any district (other than the United Khasi-Jaintia Hills District) or administrative area shall be construed as a reference to that district or area at the commencement of this Constitution:
Provided that the tribal areas specified in Part B of the table l>elow shall not include any such areas in the plains as may, with ihe previous approval of the President, be notified by the Governor of Assam in that behalf.
TABLE
PART A
1. The United Khasi-Jaintia Hills District.
2. The Garo Hills District.
3. The Lushai Hills District.
4. The Naga Hills District.
5. The North Cachar Hills.
6. The Mikir Hills.
PART B
1. North East Frontier Tract including Balipara Frontier Tract, Tirap Frontier Tract, Abor Hills District and Misimi Hills District.
2. The Naga Tribal Area.
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTEAOBMNABY, NOV. 26, 1949 2581 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 2 35Sixth Schedule
21. Amendment of the Schedule.—(l) Parliament may from time to time by law amend by way of addition, variation or repeal any of the provisions of this Schedule and, when the Schedule is so amended, any reference to this Schedule in this Constitution shall be construed as a reference to such Schedule as so amended.
(2) No such law as is mentioned in sub-paragraph (1) pi this paragraph shall be deemed to be an amendment of this Constitution for the purposes of article 368.
SEVENTH SCHEDULE
[Article 246]
List I—Union List
T. Defence of India and every part thereof including pre- paration for defence and all such acts as may be conducive in times of war to its prosecution and after its termination to effective demobilisation.
2. Naval, military and air forces; any other armed forces of the Union.
3. Delimitation of cantonment areas, local self-government in such areas, the constitution and powers within such areas of cantonment authorities and the regulation of house accom- modation (including the control of rents) in such areas.
4. Naval, military and air force works.
5. Arms, firearms, ammunition and explosives.
t). Atomic energy and mineral resources necessary for its production.
7. Industries declared by Parliament by law to be neces- sary for the purpose of defence or for the prosecution of wai.
8. Central Bureau of Intelligence and Investigation.
9. Preventive detention for reasons connected with Defence, Foreign Affairs, or the security of India; persons subjected to such detention.
10. Foreign Affairs; all matters which bring the Union into relation with any foreign country.
11. Diplomatic, consular and trade representation.
12. United Nations Organisation.
13. Participation in international conferences, associa- tions and other bodies and implementing of decisions made thereat.
14. Entering into treaties and agreements with foreign countries and implementing of treaties, agreements and conventions with foreign countries.
TJIE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTBAOBDINAJtY, NOV. 20, 1949 ?588 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 237Seventh Schedule
15. War and peace.
16. Foreign jurisdiction.
17. Citizenship, naturalisation and aliens.
18. Extradition.
19. Admission into, and emigration and expulsion from, India; passports and visas.
20. Pilgrimages to places outside India.
21. Piracies and crimes committed on the high Seas or in the air; offences against the law of nations committed on land or the high seas or in the air.
22. Railways.
23. Highways declared by or under law made by Parlia- ment to be national highways.
24. Snipping and navigation on inland waterways, declared by Parliament by law to be national waterways, as regards mechanically propelled vessels; the rule of the road on such waterways.
25. Maritime shipping and navigation, including shipping and navigation on tidal waters; provision of education and training for the mercantile marine and regulation of such education and training provided by States and other agencies.
26. Lighthouses, including lightships, beacons and other provision for the safety of shipping and aircraft.
27. Ports declared by or under law made by Parliament or existing law to be major ports, including their delimitation, and the constitution and powers of port authorities therein.
28. Port quarantine, including hospitals connected there- with; seamen's and marine hospitals.
29. Airways; aircraft and air navigation; provision of aerodromes; regulation and organisation of air traffic and of aerodromes; provision for aeronautical education and train- ing and regulation of .such .education and training provided by States and other agencies.
2684 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAOEDINABY, NOV. 26, 1949 238 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIASeventh Schedule
30. Carriage of passengers and goods by railway, sea or air, or by national waterways in mechanically propelled vessels.
31. Posts and telegraphs; telephones, wireless, broadcast- ing and other like forms of communication.
32. Property of the Union and the revenue therefrom, but as regards property situated in a State specified in Part A or Part B of the First Schedule subject to legislation by the State, save in so far as Parliament by law otherwise provides.
33. Acquisition or requisitioning of property for the pur- poses of the Union.
34. Courts of wards for the estates of Rulers of Indian States.
35. Public debt of the Union.
36. Currency, coinage and legal tender; foreign exchange.
37. Foreign loans.
38. Reserve Bank of India.
39. Post Office Savings Bank.
40. Lotteries organised by the Government of India or the Government of a State.
41. Trade and commerce with foreign countries; import and export across customs frontiers; definition of customs frontiers.
42. Inter-State trade and commerce.
43. Incorporation, regulation and winding up of trading corporations, including banking, insurance and financial cor- porations but not including co-operative societies.
44. Incorporation, regulation and winding up of corpora- tions, whether trading or not, with objects not confined to one State, but not including universities.
45. Banking.
46. Bills of exchange, cheques, promissory notes and other Jike instruments
Qltitm i If Hft"£ "BHJfcULOBpnttltt, tfOV. U " ' ! "&THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 239
Seventh Schedule
4f. Insurance.
46. Stock exchanges and futures markets.
49. Patents, inventions and designs; copyright; trade- marics and merchandise marks.
50. Establishment of standards of weight and measure.
51. Establishment of standards of quality for goods to be exported out of India or transported from one State to another.
52. Industries, the control of which by the Union is dec- lared by Parliament by law to be expedient in the public interest.
53. Regulation and development of oilfields and mineral oil resources; petroleum and petroleum products; other liquids and substances declared by Parliament by law to be dangerously inflammable.
54. Regulation of mines and mineral development to the extent to which such regulation and development under the control of the Union is declared by Parliament by law to be expedient in the public interest.
55. Regulation of labour and safety in mines and oilfields.
56. Regulation and development of inter-State rivers and river valleys to the extent to which such regulation and deve- lopment under the control of the Union is declared by Par- liament by law to be expedient in the public interest.
5f. Fishing and fisheries beyond territorial waters.
58. Manufacture, supply and distribution of salt by Union agencies; regulation and control of manufacture, supply and distribution of salt by other agencies.
59. Cultivation, manufacture, and sale for export, of opium.
60. Sanctioning of cinematograph films for exhibition.
61. Industrial disputes concerning Union employees.
62. The institutions known at the commencement of this Constitution as the National Library, the Indian Museum, the
asae THE GAZETTE OP INDIA EXTKAOBDINASY, NOV. as, iw 2 40 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIASeventh Schedule
Imperial War Museum, the Victoria Memorial and the Indian War Memorial, and any other like institution financed by the Government of India wholly or in part and declared by Par- liament by law to be an institution of national importance.
63. The institutions known at the commencement of this Constitution as the Benares Hindu University, the Aligarh Muslim University and the Delhi University, and any other institution declared by Parliament by law to be an institution of national importance.
64. Institutions for scientific or technical education financed by the Government of India wholly or in part and declared by Parliament by law to be institutions of national import- ance.
65. Union agencies and institutions for—
(a) professional, vocational or technical training, in- cluding the training of police officers; or
(fe) the promotion of special studies or research; or
(c) scientific or technical assistance in the investigation or detection of crime.
66. Co-ordination and determination of standards in institutions for higher education or research and scientific and technical institutions.
67. Ancient and historical monuments and records, and archaeological sites and remains, declared by Parliament by law to be of national importance.
68. The Survey of India, the Geological, Botanical, Zoological and Anthropological Surveys of India; Meteorolo- gical organisations.
69. Census.
70. Union public services; all-India services; Union Public Service Commission.
71. Union pensions, that is to say, pensions payable by • e Government of India or out of the Consolidated Fund of
dia.
TJKE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTBAOBDINABY, NOV. 26, 1949 2587 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 2 41Seventh Schedule
72. Elections to Parliament, to the Legislatures of States and to the offices of President and Vice-President; the Elec- tion Commission.
73. Salaries and allowances of members of Parliament, the Chairman and Deputy Chairman of the Council of States and the Speaker and Deputy Speaker of the House of the People.
74. Powers, privileges and immunities of each House of Parliament and of the members and the committees of each House; enforcement of attendance of persons for giving evidence or producing documents before committees of Par- liament or commissions appointed by Parliament.
75. Emoluments, allowances, privileges, and rights in respect of leave of absence, of the President and Governors; •salaries and allowances of the Ministers for the Union ; the salaries, allowances, and rights in respect of leave of absence and other conditions of service of the Comptroller and Auditor-General.
76. Audit of the accounts of the Union and of the States.
77. Constitution, organisation, jurisdiction and powers of the Supreme Court (including contempt of such Court), and the fees taken therein; persons entitled to practise before the Supreme Court.
78. Constitution and organisation of the High Courts except provisions as to officers and servants of High Courts; persons entitled to practise before the High Courts.
79. Extension of the jurisdiction of a High Court naving its principal seat in any State to, and exclusion of the juris- diction of any such High Court from, any area outside that State.
80. Extension of the powers and jurisdiction of members of a police force belonging to any State to any area outside that State, but not so as to enable the police of one State to exercise powers and jurisdiction in any area outside that State without the consent of the Government of the State in which such area is situated; extension of the powers and jurisdic- tion of members of a police force belonging to any State to railway areas outside that State.
3688 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA. EXTBAOEDINAEY, NOV, 26, likfr 242 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIASeventh Schedule
81. Inter-State migration; inter-State quarantine.
82. Taxes on income other than agricultural income.
83. Duties of customs including export duties.
84. Duties of excise on tobacco and other goods manu- factured or produced in India except—
(a) alcoholic liquors for human consumption;
(b) opium, Indian hemp and other narcotic drugs an
but including medicinal and toilet preparations containing alcohol or any substance included in sub-paragraph (6) of this entry.
85. Corporation tax.
86. Taxes on the capital value of the assets, exclusive of agricultural land, of individuals and companies; taxes on the capital of companies.
87. Estate duty in respect of property other than agricul- tural land.
88. Duties in respect of succession to property other than agricultural land.
89. Terminal taxes on goods or passengers, carried by rail- way; sea or air; taxes on railway fares and freights.
90. Taxes other than stamp duties on transactions in stock exchanges and futures markets.
91. Rates of stamp duty in respect of bills of exchange, cheques, promissory notes, bills of lading, letters of credit, policies of insurance, transfer of shares, debentures, proxies and receipts.
92. Taxes on the sale or purchase of newspapers and oa advertisements published therein.
93. Offences against laws with respect to any of the matters in this List.
94. Inquiries, surveys and statistics for the rv"n>ose of any of the matters in this List;.
ffHE GAZETTE OP INDIA. EXTEAORDINAEY, N O^ 26, 1949 2589THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 243
Seventh Schedule
95. Jurisdiction and powers of all courts, except the Supreme Court, with respect to any of the matters m this List; admiralty jurisdiction.
96. Fees in respect of any of the matters in this List, but not including fees taken in any court.
97. Any other matter not enumerated in List II or List I II including any tax not mentioned in either of those Lists.
List II—State List
1. Public order (but not including the use of naval, mili- tary or air forces or any other armed forces of the Union in aid of the civil power).
2. Police, including railway and village police.
3. Administration of justice; constitution and organisation of all courts, except the Supreme Court and the High Court; officers and servants of the High Court; procedure in rent and revenue courts; fees taken in all courts except the Supreme Court.
4. Prisons, reformatories, Borstal institutions and other institutions of a like nature, and persons detained therein; arrangements with other States for the use of prisons and other institutions.
5. Local government, that is to say, the constitution and powers of municipal corporations, improvement trusts, district boards, mining settlement authorities and other local autho- rities for the purpose of local self-government or village adminis- tration.
6. Public health and sanitation; hospitals and dispensaries.
7. Pilgrimages, other than pilgrimages to places outside India.
8. Intoxicating liquors, that is to say, the production, manu- facture, possession, transport, purchase and sale of intoxi- cating liquors.
9. Relief of the disabled and unemployable.
10. Burials and burial grounds; cremations and cremation grounds.
B690 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY, NOV. 26, 1949 244 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIASeventh Schedule
11. Education including universities, subject to the provi- sions of entries 63, 64, 65 and 66 of List I and entry 25 of List III.
12. Libraries, museums and other similar institutions con- trolled or financed by the State; ancient and historical monu- ments and records other than those declared by Parliament by law to be of national importance.
13. Communications, that is to say, roads, bridges, ferries^ and other means of communication not specified in List I; municipal tramways; ropeways; inland waterways and traffic: thereon subject to the provisions of List I and List III witb regard to such waterways; vehicles other than mechanically- propelled vehicles.
14. Agriculture, including agricultural education and research, protection against pests and prevention of plant diseases.
15. Preservation, protection and improvement of stock and prevention of animal diseases; veterinary training and practice.-
16. Pounds and the prevention of cattle trespass.
s, drainage and embankments, water storage and water S K Water, that is to say, water supplies, irrigation and power subject to the provisions of entry 56 of List I.
18. Land, that is to say, rights in or over land, land tenures- including the relation of landlord and tenant, and the collection; of rents; transfer and alienation of agricultural land; land improvement and agricultural loans; colonization.
19. Forests.
20. Protection of wild animals and birds.
21. Fisheries.
22. Courts of wards subject to the provisions of entry 34 of List I; encumbered and attached estates.
23. Regulation of mines and mineral development subject to* the provisions of List I with respect to regulation and develop- ment under the control of the Union.
•DH3H aAKEffTB OF INDIA EXTKAOBDINARY, NOT. 20, 1649 2591THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 245
Seventh Schedule
24. Industries subject to the provisions of entry 52 of List I.
25. Gas and gas-works.
26. Trade and commerce within the State subject to the provisions of entry 33 of List III.
27. Production, supply and distribution of goods subject to the provisions of entry 33 of List III.
28. Markets and fairs.
29. Weights and measures except establishment of standards.
30. Money-lending and money-lenders; relief of agricultural indebtedness.
31. Inns and inn-keepers.
32. Incorporation, regulation and winding up of corpora- tions, other than those specified in List I, and universities; un- incorporated trading, literary, scientific, religious and other societies and associations; co-operative societies.
33. Theatres and dramatic performances; cinemas subject to the provisions of entry 60 of List I; sports, entertainments and amusements.
34. Betting and gambling.
35. Works, lands and buildings vested in or in the possession- of the State.
36. Acquisition or requisitioning of property, except for the purposes of the Union, subject to the provisions of entry 42 of List III.
37. Elections to the Legislature of the State subject to the provisions of any law made by Parliament.
38. Salaries and allowances of members of the Legislature of the State, of the Speaker and Deputy Speaker of the ^Legislative Assembly and, if there is a Legislative Council, of the Chairman and Deputy Chairman thereof.
39. Powers, privileges and immunities of the Legislative Assembly and of the members and the committees thereof, and,
2692 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTEAOEDlNAUT, NOV^ 26. V&& 246 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIASeventh Schedule
if there is a Legislative Council, of that Council and of the members and the committees thereof; enforcement of attend- ance of persons for giving evidence or producing documents before committees of the Legislature of the State.
40. Salaries and allowances of Ministers for the State.
41. State public services; State Public Service Commis- sion.
42. State pensions, that is to say, pensions payable by the State or out of the Consolidated Fund of the State.
43. Public debt of the State.
44. Treasure trove.
45. Land revenue, including the assessment and coBectkm of revenue, the maintenance of land records, survey for revenue purposes and records of rights, and alienation of revenues.
46. Taxes on agricultural income.
47. Duties in respect of succession to agricultural land.
48. Estate duty in respect of agricultural land.
49. Taxes on lands and buildings.
50. Taxes on mineral rights subject to any limitations imposed by Parliament by law relating to mineral develop- ment.
51. Duties of excise on the following goods manufactured or produced in the State and countervailing duties at the same or lower rates on similar goods manufactured or produced else- where in India:—
(a) alcoholic liquors for human consumption;
(&) opium, Indian hemp and other narcotic drugs and narcotics;
out not including medicinal and toilet preparations containing alcohol or any substance included in sub-paragraph (b) of this entry.
52. Taxes on the entry of goods into a local area for consumption, use or sale therein.
33SE GAZETTE OF, INDIA fiXTEAOEDINAEY, NOV. 26, 1949 2598THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 2 47
Seventh Schedule
53. Taxes on the consumption or sale of electricity.
54. Taxes on the sale or purchase of goods other than news*- papers.
55. Taxes on advertisements other than advertisements pub- lished in the newspapers.
56. Taxes on goods and passengers carried by road or on inland waterways.
57. Taxes on vehicles, whether mechanically propelled or not, suitable for use on roads, including tramcars subject to the provisions of entry 35 of List III.
58. Taxes on animals and boats.
59. Tolls.
60. Taxes on professions, trades, callings and employ- ments.
61. Capitation taxes.
62. Taxes on luxuries, including taxes on entertainments, amusements, betting and gambling.
63. Rates of stamp duty in respect of documents other than those specified in the provisions of List I with regard to rates of stamp duty.
64. Offences against laws with respect to any of the matters in this List.
65. Jurisdiction and powers of all courts, except the Supreme Court, with respect to any of the matters in this List.
66. Fees in respect of any of the matters in this List, but not including fees taken in any court.
List III—Concurrent List
1. Criminal law, including all matters included in the jTndian Penal Code at the commencement of this Constitution but excluding offences against laws with respect to any of the matters specified in List I or List II and excluding the use of naval, military or air forces or any other armed forces of the Union in aid of the civil power.
1UW SHE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY, NOV^ S6, 1M" 2 48 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIASeventh Schedule
2. Criminal procedure, including all matters included in the Code of Criminal Procedure at the commencement of this Constitution.
3. Preventive detention for reasons connected with the security of a State, the maintenance of public order, or the maintenance of supplies and services essential to the commu- nity ; persons subjected to such detention.
4. Removal from one State to another State of prisonersv accused persons and persons subjected to preventive detention for reasons specified in entry 3 or this List.
5. Marriage and divorce; infants and minors; adoption; wills, intestacy and succession; joint family and partition; all matters in respect of which parties in judicial proceedings were immediately before the commencement of this Constitution subject to their personal law.
6. Transfer of property other than agricultural land; regis- tration of deeds and documents.
7. Contracts, including partnership, agency, contracts of carriage, and other special forms of contracts, but not including contracts relating to agricultural land.
8. Actionable wrongs.
9. Bankruptcy and insolvency.
10. Trust and Trustees.
11. Administrators-general and official trustees.
12. Evidence and oaths; recognition of laws, public act* and records, and judicial proceedings.
13. Civil procedure, including all matters included in the Code of Civil Procedure at the commencement of this Constitu- tion, limitation and arbitration.
14. Contempt of court, but not including contempt of the Supreme Court.
ig. Vagrancy; nomadic and migratory tribes.
16. Lunacy and mental deficiency, including places for the reception or treatment of lunatics and mental deficients.
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAOKDINAEY, NOV. 26, 1049 JMB* THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 24ftSeventh Schedule
17. Prevention of cruelty to animals.
18. Adulteration of foodstuffs and other goods.
19. Drugs and poisons, subject to the provisions of entry 59.
of List I with respect to opium.
20. Economic and social planning.
21. Commercial and industrial monopolies, combines and" trusts.
22. Trade Unions; industrial and labour disputes.
23. Social security and social insurance; employment and unemployment.
24. Welfare of labour including conditions of work, provi- dent funds, employers' liability, workmen's compensation, invalidity and old age pensions and maternity benefits.
25. Vocational and technical training of labour.
26. Legal, medical and other professions.
27. Relief and rehabilitation of persons displaced from their original place of residence by reason of the setting up of the- Dominions of India and Pakistan.
28. Charities and charitable institutions, charitable and religious endowments and religious institutions.
29. Prevention of the extension from one State to another of infectious or contagious diseases or pests affecting men, animals or plants.
30. Vital statistics including registration of births and. deaths.
31. Ports other than those declared by or under law made by Parliament or existing law to be major ports.
32. Shipping and navigation on inland waterways as regards mechanically propelled vessels, and the rule of the road on such waterways, and the carriage of passengers and goods on inland waterways subject to the provisions of List I with respect to- national waterways.
U698 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA. EXTEAORDINABT, NOV. 20, 1949 2 50 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIASeventh Schedule
33. Trade and commerce in, and the production, supply and distribution of, the products of industries where the control of such industries by the Union is declared by Parliament by law to be expedient in the public interest.
34. Price control.
35. Mechanically propelled vehicles including the principles on which taxes on such vehicles are to be levied.
36. Factories.
37. Boilers.
38. Electricity.
39. Newspapers, books and printing presses.
40. Archaeological sites and remains other than those -declared by Parliament by law to be of national importance.
41. Custody, management and disposal of property [(including agricultural land) declared by law to be evacuee property.
42. Principles on which compensation for property acquired or requisitioned for the purposes of the Union or of a State or for any other public purpose is to be determined, and the form and the manner in which such compensation is to be given.
43. Recovery in a State of claims in respect of taxes and other public demands, including arrears of land-revenue and sums recoverable as such arrears, arising outside that State.
44. Stamp duties other than duties or fees collected by means of judicial stamps, but not including rates of stamp duty.
45. Inquiries and statistics for the purposes of any of the matters specified in List II or List III.
46. Jurisdiction and powers of all courts, except the Supreme Court, with respect to any of the matters in this List.
47. Fees in respect of any of the matters in this List, but not including fees taken in any court.
TflB GAZETTE OP INDIA EXTBAOEDINABY, NOV, 26, 1949 8597
EIGHTH SCHEDULE
[Articles 344 (1) and 351]
Languages
1. Assamese. 2. Bengali. 3. Gujarati. 4. Hindi. 5. Kannada. 6. Kashmiri. 7. Malayalam. • 8. Marathi. g. Oriya. i". Punjabi. 11. Sanskrit. 12. Tamil. 13. Telugu. 14. Urdu.
9. N. OTKERJEE, Jt. Seey,